Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center
Aarssen, L.W. and D.L. Irwin. 1991. What selection: herbivory or competition. Oikos 60: 261-262. Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1981a. The embryology and post-infection development of a new species of Meloidogyne. J. Nematol. 13:429 (abstr.). Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1981b. Morphological and biological studies on two new species of nematodes found associated with sedge roots in California. J. Nematol. 13:429-430 (abstr.). Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1987a. Hirschmanniella pomponiensis n. sp. (Nemata: Pratylenchidae) parasitic on bulrush, Scirpus robustus Pursh. J. Nematol. 19:147-151. Abdel-Rahman, F. H., and A. R. Maggenti. 1987b. Meloidogine californiensis n. sp. (Nemata: Meloidogyninae), parasitic on bulrush, Scirpus robustus Pursh. J. Nematol. 19:207-217. Aedo, C., and Fernandez Casado, M. A. 1988. The taxonomic position of Ruppia populations along the Cantabrian coast. Aquat. Bot. 32:187-192. Adam, P. 1981. The vegetation of British saltmarshes. New Phytol. 96:143-196. Adams, F. S., H. Cole Jr., and L. B. Massie. 1973. Elemental constitution of selected aquatic vascular plants from Pennsylvania: Submersed and floating leaved species and rooted emergent species. Environ. Pollut. 5:117-147. Adams, M. S., J. Titus, and M. McCracken. l974. Depth distribution of photosynthetic activity in a Myricophyllus spicatum community in Lake Wingra. Limnol. Oceanogr. 19:377-389. Adams, M. S., P. Guilizzoni, and S. Adams. 1978. Relationship of dissolved inorganic carbon to macrophyte photosynthesis in some Italian lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 23:912-919. Adams, T. G., G. J. Atchison, and R. J. Vetter. 1980. The impact of an industrially contaminated lake on heavy metal levels in its effluent stream. Hydrobiologia 69:187-193. Addy, C. E. 1946. Food habits of the black duck on the Essex County salt marsh. Bull. Mass. Audubon Soc. 30(1):3-10. Adriano, D. C., A. Fulenwider, R. R. Sharitz, T. G. Ciravolo, and G. D. Hoyt. 1980. Growth and mineral nutrition of cattail (Typha) as influenced by thermal alteration. J. Environ. Quality, 9:649-653. Afton, A. D., R. H. Hier, and S. L. Paulus. 1986. Body weights, carcass composition, and foods of lesser scaup during mid- winter in southwestern Louisiana. Minn. Dep. Nat. Resour., Bemidji. 9 pp. Agami, M., and Y. Waisel. 1988. The role of fish in distribution and germination of seeds of the submerged macrophytes Najas marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. Oecologia 76:83-88. Aiken, S., and J. M. Gillett. 1974. The distribution of aquatic plants in selected lakes of Gatineau Park, Quebec. Can. Field-Nat. 88:437-448. Ailstock, M. S. 1989. Utilization and treatment of thermal discharge by establishment of a wetlands plant nursery. pp. 719-726 in D. A. Hammer ed. Constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment. Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan. 831 pp. Aleem, A. A., and Samaas, A. A. 1969. Productivity of Lake Mariut. Egypt. Part I - Physical and Chemical aspects.- Intern. Rev. gesamt. Hydrobiol. 54. 3:313-355. Aleem, A. A., and Samaan, A. A. 1969. Productivity of Lake Mariut, Egypt. Part II, Primary production. Internat. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 54:491-527. Alisauskas, R. T., C. D. Ankney, and E. E. Klaas. 1988. Winter diets and nutrition of the midcontinental population of lesser snow geese. J. Wildl. Manage. 52:403-414. Allanson, B. R., and C. Howard-Williams. 1984. A contribution to the physico-chemical limnology of Swartvlei. Arch. Hydrobiol. 99:133-159. Allen, E. D., and P. R. Gorham. 1973. Changes in the submerged macrophyte communities of Lake Wabamun as a rsult of thermal discharge. pp 313-324 in Proc. Symp. Lakes Western Canada, Nov. 16-17, 1972. Univ. of Alberta, Water Resour. Cert., Edmonton. Allen, H. L. 1971. Primary productivity, cemo-organo trophy, and nutritional interactions of epiphytic algae and bacteria on macrophytes in the littoral of a lake. Ecol. Monogr. 41:97-127. Allen, R. G., J. H. Prueger, and R. W. Hill. 1992. Evapotranspiration from isolated stands of hydrophytes: Cattail and bulrush. Trans. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. 35:1191- 1198. Allen, R. P. 1956. The flamingoes: their life history and survival, with special reference to the American or West Indian flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber). National Audubon Society, New York. 285 pp. Allenby, K. G. 1968. Some analyses of aquatic plants and water. Hydrobiol. 32:486-490. Allison, S. K. 1992. The influence of rainfall variability on the species composition of a northern California salt marsh plant assemblage. Vegetatio 101:145-160. Almestrand, A. 1951. Studies on the vegetation and hydrochemistry of Scanian lakes. II. Ion determinations in lake waters. Bot. Notiser, 2(3) (suppl.) 143-174. Ampong-Nyarko, K., and S. K. De Datta. 1991. A handbook for weed control in rice. International Rice Research Institute, Manila. 113 pp. Andersen, F. O. l976. Primary production in a shallow water lake with special reference to a reed swamp. Oikos 27:243-250. Anderson, B. W., and R. D. Ohmart. 1988. Structure of the winter duck community on the lower Colorado River: patterns and processes. Pp 191-236 in M. W. Weller, ed. Waterfowl in winter. Iniv. of Minnesota press, Minneapolis. 624 pp. Anderson, C. M. 1977. Cattail decline of Farmington Bay waterfowl management area. Great Basin Nat. 37:24-34. Anderson, G. C. 1958. Seasonal characteristics of two saline Anderson, G. C. 1958. Some limnological features of a shallow saline meromictic lake. Limnol. Oceanogr. 3:259-270. Anderson, H. G. 1959. Food habits of migratory ducks in Illinois. Bul. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 27, Art. 4:289-344. Anderson, J. M. 1950. Some aquatic vegetation changes following fish removal. J. Wildl. Manage. 14:206-209. Anderson, L. W. J. 1981. Effect of light on the phytotoxicity of fluridone American pondweed (Potamogeton nodosus) and sago pondweed (P. pectinatus). Weed Sci. 29:723-728. Anderson, L. W. J., and N. Dechoretz. 1988. Bensulfuron methyl: A new aquatic herbicide. Pp. 224-235 in (See Gersinger, 1988). Anderson, M. G. 1978. Distribution and production of sago pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus L.) on a northern prairie marsh. Ecol. 59:154-160. Anderson, M. G., and J. B. Low. 1976. Use of sago pondweed by waterfowl on Delta Marsh. Manitoba. J. Wildl. Manage. 40:233-242. Anderson, M. G., and R. E. Jones. 1976. Submerged aquatic vascular plants of East Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Manitoba Dep. Renewable Resour. Transp. Serv. Wildl. Rep. 120 pp. Anderson, R. C., A. E. Liberta, and L. A. Dickman. 1984. Interaction of vascular plants and vesiculer-arbuscular mycorrhizel fungi across a soil moisture-nutrient gradient. Oecologia 64:111-117. Anderson, R. R. 1966. Plant ecology of the upper Patuxent River estuary with special reference to the effect of thermal pollution on macrophytes. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Maryland, College Park. 99pp. Anderson, R. R. 1969. Temperature and rooted aquatic plants. Chesapeake Sci. 10:157-164. Anderson, R. R. 1972. Submerged vascular plants of the Chesapeake Bay and tributaries. Chesapeake Sci. 13(suppl.): S87-S89. Anderson, R. R., R. G. Brown, and R. D. Rappleye. 1968. Water quality and plant distribution along the upper Patuxent River, Maryland. Chesapeake Sci. 9:145-156. Andrews, J. D., and A. D. Hasler. 1943. Fluctuations in the animal populations of the littoral zone in Lake Mendota. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters. 35:175-185. Andrikovics, S. 1973. Hydro-ecological and zoological examinations in the pondweed fields of Lake Ferto. Alliattani Kozicm enysk 60:39-50. (English summary). Ankar, S., and R. Elmgren. 1977. The Ruppia subsystem. In: B-O. Jansson and F. Wulff (Editors), Ecosystem analysis of a Shallow Sound in the Northern Baltic - a Joint Study by the Asko Group. Contributions from the Asko Laboratory, Univ. Stockholm, Sweden, pp. 64-71. Apfelbaum, S. I. 1985. Cattail (Typha spp.) management. Nat. Areas J. 5(3):9-17. Apfelbaum, S. I., and A. Haney. 1981. Bird populations before and after wildfire in a Great Lakes Pine Forest. Condor 83:347-354. Arber, A. 1920. Water plants, a study of aquatic angiosperms. Cambridge Univ. Press, England. 436 pp. Armstrong, R., and D. W. Anderson. 1966. Primary productivity measurements at Devils Lake, North Dakota. Proc. N.D. Acad. Sci. 20:136-149. Arnold, A. 1955. Die Bedeutung der Chlorionen fur die Pflanze. Bot. Stud. 2. Jena. Arthur, S. C. 1931. The fur animals of Louisiana. Louisiana Dep. Cons. Bull. 18 (rev.). Ascherson, P., and P. Grabener. l907. Potamogetonaceae Das Pflanzenreich. 4:133. Attaway, D. H., P. L. Parker, and J. A. Mears. 1970. Normal alkanes of five coastal spermatophytes. Contr. Mar. Sci. 15:13-19. Attaway, D. H., P. Haug, and P. L. Parker. 1971. Sterols in five coastal spermatophytes. Lipids 6:687-691. Atwater, B. F., and C. W. Hedel. 1976. Distribution of seed plants with respect to tide levels and water salinity in the natural tidal marshes of the northern San Francisco Bay estuary, California. U.S. Geol. Surv. Open File Rep. 76-389. 41 pp. Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski. 1973. Plant composition and species relations on the Huntingdon marsh, Quebec. Canadian Journal of Botany 51:1231-1247. Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski. 1976a. Plant standing crop and productivity relations in a Scirpus- Equisetum wetland. Ecology 57:941-952. Auclair, A. N., A. Bouchard, and J. Pajaczkowski. 1976b. Productivity relations in a Carex-dominated ecosystem. Oecologia 26:9-31. Austin, H., and S. Austin. 1971. The feeding habits of some juvenile marine fishes from the mangroves in western Puerto Rico. Caribb. J. Sci. 11:171-178. Axell, H. E. 1982. Control of reeds (Phragmites communis) at Minsmere, England. pp. 44-50 in D. A. Scott, ed. Technical meeting on western palearctic migratory bird management. Managing wetlands and their birds. IWRB, Slimbridge, England. Azcon-Bieto, A., J. Murillo, and J. Penuelas. 1987. Cyanide- resistant respiration in photosynthetic organs of freshwater aquatic plants. Plant Physiol. 84:701-706. Baden, J., III., W. T. Batson, and R. Stalter. 1975. Factors affecting the distribution of vegetation of abandoned ricefields, Georgetown Co., South Carolina. Castanea 40:171-184. Badger, K. S., and I. A. Ungar. 1990. Effects of soil salinity on growth and ion content of the inland halophyte hordeum jubatum. Bot. Gaz. 151:314-321. (another by same authors 1991 gives life history and is also in reprint files.) Bailey, R. O., and R. D. Titman. l984. Habitat use and feeding ecology of postbreeding redheads. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:1144-1155. Bakker, J. P. 1978. Changes in a salt marsh vegetation as a result of grazing and mowing, a five year study of permanent plots. Vegetatio 38:77-87. Bakker, J.P. 1985. The impact of grazing on plant communities, plant populations, and soil conditions on saltmarshes. Vegetatio 63: 39~-398. Bakker, J. P., and J. V. Ruyter. 1981. Effects of five years of grazing on a salt-marsh vegetation. Vegetatio 44:81-100. Bakker, J. P., M. Dijkstra, and P. T. Russchen. 1985. Dispersal, germination and early establishment of halophytes and glycophytes on a grazed and abandoned salt-marsh gradient. New Phytol. 101:291-308. Baldwin, W. P. 1967. Impoundments for waterfowl on South Atlantic and Gulf coastal marshes pp 127-133 in Proc. marsh and estuary manage. symp., Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. Ball, J. P. 1985. Marsh management by water level manipulation on other natural techniques: a community approach. Pp. 263-277 in H. Prince and F. M. D'Itri, eds. Coastal Wetlands. Lewis Publications, Chelsea, MI. 286 pp. Ball, J., R. D. Bauer, K. Vermeer, and M. J. Rabenberg. 1989. Northwest riverine and Pacific coast. Pp 429-449 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Barber, W. E., and N. R. Keven. 1973. Ecological factors influencing macroinvertebrate standing crop distribution. Hydrobiol. 43:53-75. Barbour, M. G. 1978. The effects of competition and salinity on the growth of a salt marsh plant species. Oecologia 37:93- 99. Barclay, A. M., and R. M. M. Crawford. 1982. Plant growth and survival under strict anaerobiosis. J. Exp. Bot. 33:541- 549. Barclay, A. M., and R. M. M. Crawford. 1983. The effect of anaerobiosis on carbohydrate levels in storage tissues of wetland plants. Ann. Bot. 51:255-259. Bardwell, J. L., L. L. Glasgow, and E. A. Epps, Jr. 1965. Nutritional analyses of foods eaten by pintail and teal in south Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 16:209-217. Barker, W. T., and G. E. Larson. 1976. Aquatic plant communities. p. 2.2C1-2.2C96 in: Wildlife, biological and vegetation resources of the Dunn County coal gasification project study area. An interim report. Bot. and Zoo. Depts., NDSU, Fargo. Barker, W. T., and G. W. Fulton. 1979. Analysis of wetland vegetation on selected areas in southwestern North Dakota. N.D. Regional Environmental Assessment Program. Rep. No. 79-15. North Dakota State University, Fargo. 132 pp. Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart. 1981. Sediment-based nutrition of submersed macrophytes. Aquat. Bot. 10:339-352. Barko, J. W., R. M. Smart, C. R. Lee, M. C. Landin, T. C. Sturgis, and R. N. Gordon. 1977. Establishment and growth of selected freshwater and coastal marsh plants in relation to characteristics of dredged sediments. U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Stn. Tech. Rep. D-77-2. 41 pp. Barko, J. W., D. G. Hardin, and M. S. Mathews. 1982. Growth and morphology of submersed freshwater macrophytes in relation to light and temperature. Can. J. Bot. 60:877-887. Barko, J. W., R. M. Smart, M. S. Hennington, D. A. McFarland, and L. D. Ferguson. 1983. Effects of organic amendments to sediment on freshwater macrophyte growth. Tech. Rep. A-83-5, U.S. Army Engineer waterwasy. Exp. Sta., CE, Vicksburg, Miss. Barko, J. W., M. S. Adams, and N. L. Clesceri. 1986. Environmental factors and their consideration in the management of submersed aquatic vegetation: a review. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 24:1-10. Barko, J. W., and R. M. Smart. 1986. Sediment-related mechanisms of growth limitation in submersed macrophytes. Envir. Lab., Waterways Experiment Sta., Vicksburg, Mississippi. Ecol. 67:1328-1340. Barnes, R. S. K., A. E. Dorey, and C. Little. 1971. An ecological study of a pool subject to varying salinity (Swanpool, Falmouth). J. Anim. Ecol. 40:709-734. Barnett, L. B. 1964. An ecological study of waterfowl habitat at Powell's Slough. Utah Lake. M.S. Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo. UT. 45 pp. Bartonek, J. C., and J. J. Hickey. 1969a. Food habits of canvasbacks, redheads, and lesser scaup in Manitoba. Condor 71:280-290. Bartonek, J. C., and J. J. Hickey. 1969b. Selective feeding by juvenile diving ducks in summer. Auk. 86:443-457. Bassett, P. A. 1978. The vegetation of a Camargue pasture. J. Ecol. 66:803-827. Bassett, P. A. 1980. Some effects of grazing on vegetation dynamics in the Camargue, France. Vegetatio 43:173-184. Batten, G. J. 1967. Chemical control of weeds in drains. N. Z. J. Agric. 114:26-29. Bauman, A. C. 1947. 2,4-D and some emergent aquatics. Prog. Fish-Cult. 9:71-77. Bayly, I. A. E., and W. D. Williams. 1966. Chemical and biological studies on some saline lakes of southeast Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 17, 177-228. Bayly, I. L., and T. A. O'Neill. 1972. Seasonal ionic fluctuations in Typha glauca community. Ecol. 53:714-719. Bazely, D.R. and R.L. Jefferies. 1985. Goose faeces: A source of nitrogen for plant growth in a grazed marsh. Journal of Applied Ecology 22: 693-703. Bazely, D.R. and R.L. Jefferies. 1986. Changes in composition and standing crop of saltmarsh communities in response to the removal of a grazer. Journal of Ecology 74: 693-706. Beadle, L. C. 1943. An ecological survey of some inland saline waters of Algeria. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 41, 218-242. Beadle, L. C., and E. M. Lind. 1960. Research on the swamps of Uganda. Uganda J. 24:84-87. Beal, E. O. 1977. A manual of marsh and aquatic vascular plants of North Carolina with habitat data. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 247. Beal, E. O., A. W. Cooper, and D. A. Adams. 1962. Factors influencing vascular plant zonation in North Carolina saltmarshes. Final Report Contract, Nonr 486 (09), N.C. State Col. 79 p. Beam, J., and N. Gruenhagen. 1980. Feeding ecology of pintails (Anas acuta) wintering on the Los Banos Wildlife Area, Merced County, California. California Game and Fish Dept. Job Progress Rep. W-40-D-1. 23 pp. Beare, P. A., and J. B. Jedler. 1987. Cattail invasion and persistence in a coastal salt marsh - the role of salinity reduction. Estuaries 10(2):165-170. Beckwith, S. L., and H. J. Hosford. 1956. The Florida duck in the vicinity of Lake Okeechobee, Glades County, Florida. Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 9:188-201. Bedford, B. 1977. Seasonally displaced water temperatures as a factor affecting depletion of stored carbohydrates in Typha latifolia. Pages 83-98 in C. B. Dewitt and E. Soloway (eds.), Wetlands, Institute for Environmental Studies, Univ. of Wisconsin--Madison. Bedish, J. W. 1964. Studies of the germination and growth of cattail in relation to marsh management. M.S. Thesis, Iowa State Univ., Ames. 85 pp. Bedish, J. W. 1967. Cattail moisture requirements and their significance to marsh management. Am. Midl. Nat. 78:288-300. Bednarik, K. 1956. Muskrat in Ohio Lake Erie marhes. Ohio Dept. Nat. Resour., Div. Wildl. 67pp. Beeftink, W. G. 1966. Vegetation and habitat of the salt marshes and beach plains in the southwestern part of the Netherlands. Wentia 15:83-108. Beeftink, W. G. 1977. The coastal salt-marshes of western and northern Europe: an ecological and phytosociological approach. pp. 109-155 in V.J. Chapman, ed. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, Amsterdam. 428 pp. Beeftink, W. G. 1978. Vegetation dynamics in salt marshes as a conswequence of some traditional cultural practices of man. Phytocoenosis 7:279-298. Beeftink, W. G. 1985. Vegetation study as a generator for population biological and physiological research on salt marshes. Vegetatio 62:469-486. Beetle, A. A. 1942. Studies in the genus Scirpus L. IV. The section Bolboschoenus Palla. Am. J. Bot. 29:82-88. Bell, L. M., and R. J. Kallman. 1976a. The Cowichan-Chemainus River estuaries. Status of environmental knowlege to 1975. Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 4. Bell, L. M., and R. J. Kallman. 1976b. The Nanaimo River estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1976. Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 5. 1977. Bell, L. M., and J. M. Thompson. 1977. The Campbell River estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1977. Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 7. Bell, R. 1956. Aquatic and marginal vegetation of strip mine waters in southern Illinois. Transactions of Illinois Academy of Science 48:85-91. Bellrose, F. C. Jr. l941. Duck food plants of the Illinois River Valley. Ill. Nat. Hist. Survey Bull. 21:237-280. Bellrose, F. C. Jr., and H. G. Anderson. 1943. Preferential rating of duck food plants. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 22:417-433. Bellrose, F. C., and L. G. Brown. 1941. The effect of fluctuating water levels on the muskrat population of the Illinois River Valley. J. Wildl. Manage. 5:206-212. Bellrose, F. C., F. L. Paveglio, Jr., and D. W. Steffeck. 1979. Waterfowl populations and the changing environment of the Illinois River Valley. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 32(1). 54 p. Belsky, A.J. 1986. Does herbivory benefit plants? A review of the evidence. American Naturalist 127: 870892. Bennett, L. J. 1938. The blue-winged teal, its ecology and management. Collegiate Press. 144 pp. Berendsen, G., and Van der Kruis, A. 1986. Groei en productie van Potamogeton pertinatus L. in het Lauwermeer in relatie tot begrazing. Rijksdienst voor de IJasselmeerpolders, internal report, no. 1986-26 abw. 59 pp. (Dutch with English summary). Berg, C. O. 1949. Limnological relations of insects to plants of the genus Potamogeton. Trans. Am. Micro. Soc. 68:279-291. Berge, D. A. 1987. Native plants, fish introduced in lake restoration effort (Wisconsin). Restoration Manage. Notes 5:35. Bergelson, J. 1990. Spatial patterning in plants: opposing effects of herbivory and competition. Journal of Ecology 78: 937-948. Bergey, E. A., S. F. Balling, J. N. Collins, G. A. Lamberti, and V. H. Resh. 1992. Bionomics of invertebrates within an extensive Potamogeton pectinatus bed of a California marsh. Hydrobiologia 234:15-24. Bergman, R. D. 1973. Use of southern boreal lakes by postbreeding canvasbacks and redheads. J. Wildl. Manage. 37:160-170. Bernard, J. M. 1974. Seasonal changes in standing crop and primary production in a sedge wetland and an adjacent dry old-field in central Minnesota. Ecology 55:350-359. Bernard, J. M., and F. A. Bernard. 1973. Winter biomass in Typha glauca Godr. and Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 100:125-127. Bernard, J. M., and F. A. Bernard. 1977. Winter standing crop and nutrient contents in five central New York wetlands. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 104:57-59. Bernasor, P. C., and S. K. DeDatta. 1986. Chemical and cultural control of bulrush (Scirpus maritimus L.) and annual weeds in lowland rice (Oryza sativa L.). Weed Resear. 26:233-244. Bernatowicz, S. 1965. Effects of mowing on the occurrence of macrophytes in the Dgal Maly Lake. Acta Hydrobiol. 7:71-82. Bernatowicz, S. 1969. Macrophytes in the Lake Warniak and their chemical composition. Ekol. Pol. Ser. A, 17:447-467. Bernatowicz, S., and J. Zachwieja. 1966. Types of littoral found in lakes of the Majurian and Suwalki Lakelands. Ekol Pol. Ser.A. 14:519-545. Bernatowicz, S., S. Leszcynski, and S. Tyczynska. 1976. The influence of transpiration by emergent plants on water balance in lakes. Aquat. Bot. 2:275-288. Beter, R. A. 1957. A comparative winter food habit study of dabbling ducks from the brackish Lake Borgne Marsh of St.Bernard Parish and the fresh marsh of Pass-A-Loutre (Miss. Delta) Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 69 pp. Beule, J. D. 1979. Control and management of cattails in south-eastern Wisconsi. Tech. Bull. No. 112. Wis. Dep. Nat. Resour., Madison. Bicknell, E. P. 1901. On Scirpus robustus and certain of its near allies. Torreya 1:94-96. Bierhuizen, J. F. H., and E. E. Prepas. 1985. Relationship between nutrients, dominant ions, and phytoplankton standing crop in prairie saline lakes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 42:1588-1594. Biesboe, D. D. 1984. Seasonal variation in nitrogen fixation, associated microbial populations, and carbohydrates in roots and rhizomes of Typha latifolia (Typhaceae). Can. J. Bot., 62:1965-1967. Biesboer, D. D. 1984. Nitrogen Fixation associated with natural and cultuvated stands of Typhe latifelia L. Am. J. Bot. 71:505-511. Bigley, R. E., and P. G. Harrison. 1983. The population biology of two intertidal seagrasses, Zostera japonica and Ruppia maritima, at Roberts Bank, British Columbia. Bigley, R. E., and P. A. Harrison. l986. Shoot demography and morphology of Zostera japonica and Ruppia maritima from British Columbia, Canada. Aquatic Bot. 24:69-82. Billore, D. K., and L. N. Vyas. 1981. Distribution and production of macrophytes in Pichhola Lake, Udaipur (India). Int.J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 7:45-54. Bird, E. C. F. 1968. Coasts. The Mass. Institute of Technology Press, Cambridge. 246 pp. Bird, K. T., B. R. Cody, J. Jewett-Smith, and M. E. Kane. 1993. Salinity effects on Ruppia maritima L. cultured In Vitro. Bot. Mar. 36:23-28. Black, J. D. 1946. Nature's own weed killer. The German carp. Wisc. Cons. Bull. 11:3-7. Blake, G., J. P. Dubois, and P. Gerbeaux. 1986. Distribution charges of population of macrophytes in a alpine lake. Pp. 43-50 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Bio. Blankenship, J. W. 1905. Native economic plants of Montana. Mont. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 56. (not seen, cited in Yanovsky 1936). Bolen, E. G. 1964. Plant ecology of spring-fed salt marshes in western Utah. Ecol. Monogr. 34:143-166. Boltt, R. E. 1973. Coastal lakes benthos. Annual report of the institute for Freshwater Studies, Rhodes Univ., Grahamstown, South Africa. (not seen). Boltt, R. E., B. J. Hill, and A. T. Forbes. 1969. The benthos of some southern African lakes. Part I: Distribution of aquatic macrophytes and fish in Lake Sibayi. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa. 38:241-248. Bonasera, J., J. Lynch, and M. A. Leck. 1979. Comparison of the allelopathic potential of four marsh species. Bul. Torrey Bot. Club, 106:217-222. Bonnewell, V., Koukkari, W. L., and D. C. Pratt. 1983. Light, oxygen and temperature requirements for Typha latifolia seed germination. Can. J. Bot. 61:1330-1336. Bonnewell, V., and Pratt, D. C. 1978. Effects of nutrients on productivity and morphology of Typha augustifolia X latifolia. J. Minn. Aca. of Sci. Boorman, L.A. and R.M. Fuller. 1981. The changing status of reedswamp in the Norfolk Broads. Journal of Applied Ecology 18:241-269. Booysen, P. deV,, and N. M. Tainton. (eds.). 1984. Ecological effects of fire in South African ecosystems. Springer- Verlag, New York. Borowiec, E. 1975. Food of the coot (Fulica atra L.) in different phenological periods. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 22:157-166. Bortner, J. B. 1985. Bioenergetics of wintering tundra swans in the Mattamuskeet Region of North Carolina. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Maryland, College Park. 69 pp. Bourn, W. S. 1932. Ecological and physiological studies on certain aquatic angiosperms. Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst. 4:425-496. Bourn, W. S. 1935. Sea-water tolerance of Ruppia maritima L. Boyce Thompson Inst. Contrib. 7:249-255. Bourn, W. S., and C. Cottam. 1939. The effect of lowering water levels on marsh wildlife. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:343-350. Bourn, W. S., and C. Cottam. 1950. Some biological effects of ditching tidewater marshes. U. S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Resear. Rep. 19. Bourn, W. S., and B. Jenkins. 1928. Rhizoctonia disease on certain aquatic plants. Boyce Thompson Inst. for Plant Res. Contrib. 1:383-396 Bowers, K. H. 1987. Nutrient removal from effluents by an artifical wetland: influence of rhizosphere aeration and preferential flow studied using bromide and dye tracers. Wat. Res. 21(5) 591-599. Bowers, K. L., G. L. Pauley, and G. L. Thomas. 1987. Feeding preference on Pacific Northwest aquatic plant species by diploid and triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idells). pp 133-140 in Proc. 21st Annu. Mtg. Aquat. Plant Control Resear. Prog., U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Mississippi. Bowers, K. J., and D. Blalock. 1993. Seagrass bed creation attempted on dredge spoil (Maryland). Restor. Manage. Notes 11: 161-162. Bowmer, K. H. 1987. Nutrient removal from effluents by an artifical wetland: influence of rhizosphere aeration and preferential flow studied using bromide and dye tracers. Wat. Res. 21(5) 591-99. Boyd, C. E. 1970. Amino acid, protein, and calorie content of vascular aquatic macrophytes. Ecol. 51:902-906. Boyd, C. E. 1970. Production, mineral accumulation and pigment concentrations in Typha latifolia and Scirpus americanus. Ecology 51:285-290. Boyd, C. E. 1970. Chemical analyses of some vascular aquatic plants. Arch. Hydrobiol. 67:78-85. Boyd, C. E. 1970. Losses of mineral nutrients during decomposition of Typha latifolia. Arch. Hydrobiol. 66:511-517. Boyd, C. E. 1971. Further studies on productivity, nutrient and pigment concentrations in Typha latifolia populations. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 98:144-150. Boyd, C. E., and L. W. Hess. 1970. Factors influencing shoot production and mineral nutrient levels in Typha latifolia. Ecology 51:296-300. Boyd, C. E., and W. W. Walley. 1972. Studies of the biogeochemistry of boron 1. Concentrations in surface waters, rainfall, and aquatic plants. Am. Midl. Nat. 88:1-14. Boye Petersen, J. 1917. In Wesenberg; Lund, Sand, M. J., Boye Petersen, J., Seidelin Raukiaer, A., and Steenberg, C. M., 1917. Bemaerkninger til Plantekortene over Bastrup Farum Bagsvaerd og Lungby Furesostudier, Chap.III.(not seen). Boynton, W. R., and K. L. Heck Jr. 1982. Ecological role and value of submerged macrophyte communities: A scientific summary. 432-501 pp in Chesapeake Bay program technical studies: A synthesis. U.S. Env. Protection Agency, Washington D.C. 634 pp. Brannon, M. A. l9ll. Factors influencing the flora of Devil's Lake. North Dakota Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 4:291-299. Braun-Blanquet, J. 1932. Plant sociology: the study of plant communities. Translated by G. D. Fuller and H. S. Conard. McGraw-Hill, New York. 430 pp. Bray, J. R. 1962. Estimates of energy budgets for a Typha (cattail) marsh. Science 136:1119-1120. Bray, J. R., D. B. Lawrence, and L. C. Pearson. 1959. Primary production in some Minnesota terrestrial communities for 1957. Oikos 10:38-49. Brayshaw, T. C. 1985. Pondweeds and bur-reeds, and their relatives, of British Columbia. British Columbia Prov. Mus. Occas. Pap. Ser. No. 26. 167 pp. Brehm, K. 1979. Factors affecting the vegetation of fresh water reservoirs on the German coast. pp. 603-615 in Westhoff, V., and Schouten, M.G.C. (eds.). The diversity of European coastal ecosystems. Ecological processes in coastal environments. Blackwell Scientific Publ., Oxford. Brereton, A. J. 1971. The structure of the species populations in the initial stage of salt-marsh succession. J. Ecol. 59:321-338. Breuer, J. P. 1961. Biological survey of waters of the Laguna Madre, Cameron and Willacy counties and adjacent waters. Texas Parks Wildl. Dept. Coastal Fish. Job Completion Rep. M-9-R-3, Job No. E-4. 2 pp. Breuer, J. P. 1962. An ecological survey of the Lower Laguna Madre of Texas, 1953-59. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 8:153-183. Brewer, J.S. and J.B. Grace. 1990. Plant community structure in an oligohaline tidal marsh. Vegetatio 90:93-107. Briens, M., and F. Larher. 1982. Osmoregulation in halophytic higher plants: a comparative study of soluble carbohydrates, polyols, betaines and free proline. Plant, Cell and Environ. 5:287-292. Briggs, S. V. 1981. Freshwater wetlands. pp 335-360 in (R.H. Groves ed.) Australian vegetation. Cambridge Univ. Press. Briggs, S. V., and M. T. Maher. 1985. Limnological studies of waterfowl habitat in south-western New South Wales. II. Aquatic macrophyte productivity. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 36:707-715. Bristow, J. M. 1974. Nitrogen fixation in the rhizosphere of freshwater angiosperms. Can. J. Bot. 52:217-221. Britton, R. H., and Podlejski, V. D. 1981. Inventory and classification of the wetlands of the Camargue (France) Aquat. Bot. 10:195-228. Brock, M. A. 1982. Biology of the salinity tolerant genus Ruppia L. in saline lakes in South Australia. II. Population ecology and reproductive biology. Aquat. Bot., 13:249-268. Brock, M. A. 1982. Biology of the salinity tolerant genus Ruppia L. in saline lakes in South Australia. I. Morphological variation within and between species and ecophysiology. Aquat. Bot.. 13:219-248. Brock, M. A. l979. Accumulation of proline in a submerged aquatic halophyte, Ruppia L. Oecologia. 51:217-219. Brock, M. A. 1983. Reproductive allocation in annual and perennial species of the submerged aquatic Halphyte ruppia. J. Ecol. 71:811-828. Brock, M. A., and J. A. K. Lane. 1983. The aquatic macrophyte flora of saline wetlands in Western Australia in relation to salinity and permanence. Hydrobiol. 105:63-76. Brock, M. A., and R. J. Shiel. l983. The comparisons of aquatic communities in saline wetlands in western Australia. Hydrobiologia. 105:77-84. Brock, T., and W. Van Vierssen. 1992. Climatic change and hydrophyte-dominated communities in inland wetland ecosystems. Wetland Ecol. and Manage. 2:37-49. Bronmark, C., and S. E. B. Weisner. 1992. Indirect effects of fish community structure on submerged vegetation in shallow, eutrophic lakes: an alternative mechanism. Hydrobiologia 243/244:293-301. Brooker, M. P., and R. W. Edwards. 1973. Effects of the herbicide paraquat on the ecology of a reservoir. I. Botanical and chemical aspects. Freshwater Biol. 3:157-175. Brostoff, W., and D. Clarke. 1993. Monitoring marsh development on an island constructed of dredged material in South Carolina's Winyah Bay. U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Sta., Wetlands Resear. Prog. Bull. 3:7-9. Brown, C. A. 1959. Vegetation of the outer banks of North Carolina. Louisiana State Univ. Press, Baton Rouge. 179 pp. Browning, J. and K. D. Gordon-Gray. 1992. Studies in Cyperaceae in southern Africa. 19: The genus Bolboschoenus. South African Journal of Botany 58:380-385. Browning, J. and K. D. Gordon-Gray. 1993. Studies in Cyperaceae in southern Africa. 21: The taxonomic significance of the achene and its embryo in Bolboschoenus. South African Journal of Botany 59:311-318. Brumsted, H. B., and O. H. Hewitt. 1952. Early investigation on artificial marsh development in New York. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 17:259-268. Buchlovska, J. 1964. Comparison of zooplankton and phytoplankton production in stands of submerged vegetation and in open water in the pond radov. Thesis, Faculty of Science, Charles Univ., Prague. 58 pp. (in Czech). (Not seen, cited in Korinek, V., J. Fott, J. Fuksa, J. Lellak, and M. Prazakova. 1987. Carp ponds in central Europe. pp 29-62 in (R.G. Michael ed.). Managed aquatic ecosystems. Ecosystems of the world 29. Elsevier, New York. Buckingham, G. R. 1982. Investigations of Parapoynx spp. for biocontrol basis 116-119 in (See Vesterdahl 1982). Bue, I. G. 1956. The ecology of waterfowl populations on stock ponds in wstern South Dakota. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of Minnesota, Minneapolis. 127 pp. Buglewicz, E. G., and G. L. Hergenrader. 1977. The impact of artifical reduction of light on a eutrophic farm pond. Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 4:23-33. Bumby, M. J. 1977. Changes in submerged macrophytes in Green Lake, Wisconsin form 1921 to 1971. Wisc. Acad Sci. Arts Lett. 65:120-151. Burg, M. E., D. R. Tripp, and E. S. Rosenberg. 1980. Plant associations and primary productivity of the Nisqually salt marsh on southern Puget Sound, Washington. Northwest Sci. 54:222-236. Burgess, T. E. 1970. Food and habitat of four anatinids wintering on the Fraser River Delta tidal marshes. M. S. Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 124 pp. Butcher, R. W. 1933. Studies on the ecology of rivers. I On the distribution of macrophytic vegetation in the rivers of Britian. J. Ecol. 21:58-91. Butler, J. L. 1964. Interaction of effects by environmental factors on primary productivity in ponds and microecosystems. Ph.D. Thesis, Oklahoma State Univ., Stillwater. 89 pp. Butler, M. G., and M. A. Hanson. 1986. Annual report to U.S.Fish and Wildlife Service, Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center. Additional findings from invertebrates of turbidity and aquatic macrophytes in Lake Christina, Minnesota. 19 pp. Butler, M. G., and M. A. Hanson. 1988. Final summary of pre-treatment limnological studies on Lake Christina. Zool. Dept., NDSU, Fargo. 30 pp. Byren, B. A., and B. R. Davies. 1986. The influence of invertebrates on the breakdown of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in a coastal marina (Zandvlei, South Africa). Hydrobiologia 137:141-151. Cahn, A. R. 1929. The effect of carp on a small lake: The carp as a dominant. Ecol. 10:271-274. Cahoon, D. R. 1975. Net productivity of emergent vegetation at Horn Point salt marsh. M.S. Thesis. University of Maryland. 94 pp. Callaway, J. C., and M. N. Josselyn. 1992. The introduction and spread of smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) in south San Francisco Bay. Estuaries 15:218-226. Campbell, J. W. 1946. The food of the wigeon and brent goose. Br. Birds, 39:194-200, 226-232. Cao, N. D. 1974. Some aspects of the biology of Scirpus maritimus. M.S. Thesis, University of the Phillipines, Los Banos. 43 pp. (not seen, cited in Vergara et al. 1977). Capehart, A. A., and C. T. Hackney. 1989. The potential role of roots and rhizomes in structuring salt-marsh benthic communities. Estuaries 12:119-122. Carl, G. C. 1940. Some ecological conditions in a brackish lagoon. Ecol. 21:65-74 Carpelan, L. H. 1957. Hydrobiology of the Alviso salt ponds. Ecol. 38:375-390 Carpenter, S.R. and M.S. Adams. 1977. Environmental Impacts of Mechanical Harvesting of Submersed Vascular Plants. Institute for Environmental Studies. University of Wisconsin. Report No. 77. Carpenter, S. R. 1979. The invasion and decline of Myriophyllum spicetum in a eutrophic Wisconsin Lake. pp 11-31 in (J. E. Breck, R. T. Prentki, and O. L. Loucks, eds.) Aquatic plants, lake management, and ecosystem consequences of lake harvesting. Proc. Conf. Inst. Envirn. Studies, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison. Feb. 14-16. Carpenter, S. 1980. Estimating net shoot production by a hierarchical cohort method of herbaceous plants subject to high mortality. Am. Midl. Nat. 104:163-175. Carr, W. E. S., and C. A. Adams. 1973. Food habits of juvenile marine fishes occupying seagrass beds in the estuarine zone near Crystal River, Florida. Trans. A. Fish. Soc. 102:511-540. Carter, V., J. E. Paschal, Jr., and G. M. Haramis. 1980. Submerged aquatic vegetation in the tidal Potomac. Pp. 1537-1557 in B. L. Edge ed., coastal zone 80: Proc. of the second symposium on coastal and ocean management, Hollywood, FL, November 17-20, 1980. Amer. Soc. of Civil Eng., Waterway Pot Coastal and Ocean Div. Carter, V., J. E. Paschal, and N. Bartow. 1985a. Distribution & abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in the tidal Potomac River and estuary, Maryland & Virginia, May 1978 to Nov. 1981. A water quality study of the tidal Potomac River and estuary. U.S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Paper 2234-A, Reston, Virginia. 46 pages. Carter, V., N. B. Rybicki, R. T. Anderson, T. J. Trombley, and G. L. Zynjuk. 1985b. Data on the distribution and abundance of submersed aquatic vegetation in the tidal Potomac River and transition zone of the Potomac estuary, Maryland, Virginia and District of Columbia, 1983 & 1984. U.S. Geol. Survey, open-file report 85-82, Reston, Virginia. 61 pp. Carter, V., and N. Rybicki. 1986. Resurgence of submersed aquatic macrophytes in the tidal Potomac River, Maryland, Virginia, and the District of Columbia. Estuaries 9, No. 4B, 368-375. Casper, S. J., and Krausch, H. D. 1980. Susswasserflora von Mitteleuropa, Band 23. Potamogeton aceae, pp. 100-136. (not seen, cited in van Wijk 1988a). Cattaneo, A., and J. Kalff. 1980. The relative contribution of aquatic macrophytes and their epiphytes to the production of macrophyte beds. Limnol. Oceanogr. 25:280-289. Chabreck, R. H. 1968. The relation of cattle and cattle grazing to marsh wildlife and plants in Louisiana. Proc. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:55-58. Chabreck, R. H. 1972. Ponds and lakes of the Louisiana coastal marshed and their value to fish and wildlife. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:206-215. Chabreck, R. H. 1970. Marsh zones and vegetative types in the Louisiana coastal marshes. Ph.D Thesis, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 112 pp. Chabreck, R. H. 1960. Coastal marsh impoundment for ducks in Louisiana, Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 14:24-29. Chabreck, R.H. 1981. Effect of burn date on regrowth rate of Scirpus olneyi and Spartina patens. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies. Chabreck, R.H. 1959. A study of nutria exclosures in southwest Louisiana. Final Report to Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission. Baton Rouge, LA Chabrck, R. H., and C. M. Hoffpauir. 1962. The use of weirs in coastal marsh management in Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf. S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 16:103-112. Chabreck, R. H., and A. W. Palmisano. 1973. The effects of hurricane Camille on the marshes of the Mississippi River delta. Ecology 54:1118-1123. Chamberlain, E. B. Jr. 1948. Ecological factors influencing the growth and management of certain waterfowl food plants on Back Bay National Wildlife Refuge. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 13:347-355. Chamberlain, E. B. Jr. 1960. Florida waterfowl populations, habitats and management. Fla. Game Fresh Wat. Fish Comm. Tech. Bull. 7. 62 pp. Chamberlain, J. L. 1959. Gulf Coast marsh vegetation as food of wintering waterfowl. J. Wildl. Manage. 23:97-102. Chambers, P. A., and J. Kalff. 1985. Depth distribution and biomass of submersed aquatic macrophyte communities in relation to Secchi depth. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 42:701-709. Chandler, G. A. 1969. Short term effects of various control measures on undesirable vegetation in a salt and a fresh marsh. M. S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 57 pp. Chapman, D. C., Hubert, W. A., and Jackson, U. T. 1987.Phosphorus retention by grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) fed sago pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus). Aquaculture, 65:221-225. Chapman, V. J. 1960. Salt marshes and salt deserts of the world. Interscience Publishers Inc., New York. 392 pp. (see bulrush paper for newer ref.) Chavan, A. R., and S. D. Sabnis. 1959. A study of hydrophytes of Boroda and environs. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 40:121-130. Chopra, R.N., S.L. Nayor, and I.C. Chopra. 1956. Glossary of Indian medicinal plants. Council of Scientific and Industrial Research, New Delhi. (not seen, cited in Powell et al. 1987). Christensen, D. C. 1938. The feeding value of certain duck food plants of the Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge as determined by chemical analysis. M.S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan. 23 pp. Christensen, F. W., T. H. Hopper, and O. A. Stevens. 1947. Feeding slough hay and oat straw. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 349. Christensen, T., and K. Andersen. 1958. De storre vandplanter i Fureso, Furesoundersogelser, 1950-1954. Folia Limnol. Scand. 10:114-128. Christian, R. R. 1981. Community metabolism of a saltmarsh pothole. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 26:34-40. Christiansen, J. E., and J. B. Low. 1970. Water requirements of waterfowl marshlands in northern Utah. Utah Div. of Fish and Game Pub. 69-12. 180 pp. Claassen, P. W. 1921. Typha insects: their ecological relationships. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 47:459-531. Clark, J. S. 1989. Ecological disturbance as a renewal process: theory and application to fire history. Oikos 56:17-30. Clayton, J. S., and D. J. Bagyaraj. 1984. Vestcular-arbuscular mycorrhizas in submerged aquatic plants of New Zealand. Aquatic Bot. 19:251-262. Clevering, O. A. 1995. Germination and seedling emergence of Scirpus lacustris L. and Scirpus maritimus L. with special reference to the restoration of wetlands. Aquatic Botany 50:63-78. Clevering, O. A., and W. H. Van der Putten. 1995. Effects of detritus accumulations on the growth of Scirpus maritimus under greenhouse conditions. Canadian Journal of Botany 73:852-861. Coetzer, A. H. 1987. Succession in zooplankton and hydrophytes of a seasonal water on the west coast of South Africa. Hydrobiologia 148:193-210. Cohen, Y., R. Moen, and M. Schecterly. l986. Interspecific interactions between Potamogeton pectinatus and Myriophyllum exalbescens in the face of grazing in a simulated ecosystem. Freshwater wetlands and wildlife:perspectives on natural, managed and degraded ecosystems. Ninth Symposium; 1986. March 24-27; University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory; 169 (Abst.). Cole, G. A. 1963. The American southwest and middle America pp 393-434 in Limnology in North America. (D. G. Frey ed). Univ. of Wisc. Press: Madison. Collins, C. D., Sheldon, R. B., and Boylen, C. W. 1987. Littoral zone macrophyte community structure: distribution and association of species along physical gradients in Lake George, New York, U.S.A. Aquat. Bot. 29:177-194. Congdon, R. A. 1981. Zonation in the marsh vegetation of the Blackwood River Estuary in south-western Australia. Australian J. Ecol. 6:267-278. Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1979. Productivity of Ruppia: seasonal changes and dependence on light in an Australian estuary. Aquat. Bot. 6:121-132. Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1981. The vegetation of the Blackwood River estuary, South-West Australia. J. Ecol. 69:1-16. Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1976. The nutrients and plants of Lake Joondalup, a mildly europhic lake experiencing large seasonal changes in volume. J. Royal Soc. Western Australia. 59:14-23. Congdon, R. A., and A. J. McComb. 1980. Nutrient pools of an estuarine ecosystem-the Blackwood River estuary in southwestern Australia. J. Ecol. 68:287-313. Connelly, D. P. 1979. Propagation of selected native marsh plants in the San Joaquin Valley. Calif. Dep. Fish and Game; Wildl. Manage. Leaflet 15, Sacramento. 15 pp. Connelly, D. P., and D. L. Chesemore. 1980. Food habitat of pintails, Anas acuta, wintering on seasonally flooded wetlands in the northern San Joaquin Valley, California. Calif. Fish and Game 66:233-237. Conover, J. T. 1958. Seasonal growth of benthic marine plants as related to environmental factors in an esturay. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 5:97-147. Conover, J. T. 1964. Environmental relationships of benthos in salt ponds (plant relationships). Vol. 1 & 2. Techn. Rep. 3. Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI, USA. 80 pp. Conover, J. T., and E. Gough. 1966. The importance of stem and leaf vs. root assimilation in Ruppia maritima L. and Zostera marina L. related to seasonal growth. Graduate School Oceanogr., Univ. of Rhode Island Tech. Rep. 3. pp. 6-1 to 6-19. Conover, R. J. 1961. A study of Charlestown and Green Hill Ponds, Rhode Island. Ecol. 42:119-139. Conover, J. T. 1964b. The ecology, seasonal periodicity, and distribution of benthic plants in some Texas lagoons. Bot. Mar. 7:4-41. Constable, J. V. H., J. B. Grace, and D. J. Longstreth. 1992. High carbon dioxide concentrations in aerenchyma of Typha latifolia. Am. J. Bot. 79:415-418. Conway, V. M. 1949. The bogs of central Minnesota. Ecol. Monogr. 19:173-206. Cooke, G. D. 1980b. Lake level drawdown as a macrophyte control technique. Water Resour. Bull. 16:317-322. Cooke, J. G., A. B. Cooper, and N. M. U. Clunie. 1990. Changes in the water, soil, and vegetation of a wetland after a decade of receiving a sewage effluent. N. Z. J. Ecol. 14:37-47. Cooper, A. 1982. The effects of salinity and waterlogging on the growth and cation uptake of salt marsh plants. New Phytol. 90:263-275. Coops, H., and H. Smit. 1991. Effects of various water depths on Scirpus maritimus L.: Field and experimental observations. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 24:2706-2710. Copeland, B. J., K. R. Tenore, and D. B. Horton. 1974. Oligohaline regime. Pp. 315-357 in H. T. Odum, B. J. Copeland, and E. A. McMahan, eds. Coastal ecosystems of the United States II. Conservation Foundation, Washington, DC. 521 pp. Corbus, F. G. 1982. Aquatic Weed Control with Endothall in a salt river project canal. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 20:1-3. Cornelius, S. E. 1975. Food choice of wintering redhead ducks (Aythya americana) and utilization of available resources in Lower Laguna Madre, Texas. M.S. thesis, Texas A&M Univ., College Sta. 121 pp. Correll, D. L., J. W. Pierce, and T. L. Wu. 1978a. Herbicides and submerged plants in the Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 859-877 in Coastal Zone 78, Vol. 2, Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., New York, N. Y. Correll, D. L., J. W. Pierce, and T. L. Wu. 1978b. Studies on the transport of atrazine and alachler from minimum till corn fields into Chesapeake Bay tidal waters. Suppl. Proc. N.E. Weed Sci. Soc. 32:21-32. Correll, D. L., and T. W. Wu. 1982. Atrazine toxicity to submersed vascular plants in simulated estuarine microcosms. Aquatic Bot. 14:151-158. Cottam, C. 1934. Eelgrass disappearence has serious effects on waterfowl and industry. pp. 191-193 in U.S. Dept. Agric. Yearbook. Cottam, C. 1935. Blue and snow geese in eastern United States in the winter of 1934-35--with notes on their food habits. Auk 52:432-441. Cottam, C. 1939. Food habits of North American diving ducks. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 643. 140 pp. Cottam, C., W. S. Bourn, F. C. Bishopp, L. L. Williams, Jr., and W. Vogt. 1938. What's wrong with mosquito control? Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 3:81-107. Coull, B. C. 1986. Benthic meiofauna. pp. 239-253 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, and E. T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-79/31. 103 pp. Cowie, N. R., W. J. Sutherland, M. K. M. Ditlhogo, and R. James. 1992. The effects of conservation management of reed beds. II. The flora and litter disappearance. J. Appl. Ecol. 29:277-284. Cragg, B. A., J. C. Fry, Z. Bacchus, and S. S. Thurley. 1980. The aquatic vegetation of Llangorse Lake, Wales. Aquatic Bot. 8:187-196. Craner, R. L. 1964. Production and waterfowl utilization of sago pondweed Potamogeton pectinatus on the marshes of the Bear River in northern Utah. M.S. Thesis. Utah State University, Logan. 110 pp. Crawford, B. T. 1942. Ecological succession in a series of strip-mine lakes in central Missouri. M.A. Thesis. Univ. of Missouri, Columbia. 134 pp. Critcher, T. S. 1949. An investigation of the waterfowl resources on Currituck Sound, North Carolina during the 1947-48 and 1948-49 hunting seasons. M. S. Thesis, N. C. State College, Raleigh. 111 pp. Crivelli, A. J. 1981. The biology of the common carp, Cyprinus carpio L. in the Camargue, southern France. J. Fish Biol. 18:271-290. Crivelli, A. J. 1983. The destruction of aquatic vegetation by carp. Hydrobiol. 106:37-41. Crocker, W. 1907. Germination of seeds of water plants. Bot. Gaz. 44:375-380 (not seen). Crocker, W. 1938. Life span of seeds. Bot. Rev. 4:235-272. Cronan, J. M. Jr., and B. F. Halla. 1968. Fall and winter foods of Rhode Island waterfowl. R. I. Dept. Nat. Resour., Div. Conserv. Wildl. Pamphl. 7. 40 pp. Cronan, J. W. Jr. 1957. Food and feeding habits of the scaups in Connecticut waters. Auk 74:459-469. Cross, D. G. 1969. Aquatic weed control using grass carp. J. Fish. Biol. 1:27-30. Crow, J. H. 1977. Salt marshes of the Alaska Pacific Coast, pp. 103-110 in R. D. Andrews III, R. L. Carr, F. Gibson, B. Z. Lang, R. A. Soltero, and K. C. Swedberg, eds. Proc. of the Symposium on Terrestrial and Aquatic Studies of the Northwest EWSC Press, Cheney, Washington. 39 pp. Crowder, A. A., J. M. Bristow, M. R. King, and S. Vanderkloet. 1977. Distribution, seasonality and biomass of aquatic macrophytes in Lake Opinicon (Eastern Ontario). Naturaliste Can. 104:441-456. Crum, G. H., and R. W. Bachmann. 1973. Submersed aquatic plants of the Iowa Great Lakes region. Iowa State J. Res. 48:147-173. Cruz, A. A. de la. 1974. Primary productivity of coastal marshes in Mississippi. Gulf Research Reports 4:351-356. Cruz, A. A. de la, and W. E. Poe. 1975. Amino acid content of marsh plants. Estuar. Coast. Mar. Sci. 3:243-246. Cruz, A. A. de la, and C. T. Hackney. 1978. The effects of winter fire on the vegetational structure and primary productivity of tidal marshes in the Mississippi Gulf Coast. Pages 94-154 in L.R. Brown, A. A. de la Cruz, M. S. Ivester, J. P. Stout, C. T. Hackney, and R. W. Landers. Evaluation of the ecological role and techniques for management of tidal marshes on the Mississippi and Alabama Gulf Coast. Final Report, Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium. Daborn, R. 1975. The argillotrophic lake system. Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 19:580-588. Dahl, E., and E. Hadac. 1941. Strandgesellschaften der Insel Ostoy in Oslofjord. Nyt Mag. Naturv. 82:251-312. (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974). Dahlbeck, N. 1945. Strandwiesen am SĀdĒstlichen ôresund. Act. Phytogeogr, Suec., 18. Daiber, F. C. 1974. Salt marsh plants and future coastal salt marshes in relation to animals. pp. 475-508 in: R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen, eds. Ecology of halophytes. Academic Press, New York, New York. 605 pp. Dandy, J. E., and G. Taylor. 1946. An account of Potamogeton x suecicus richt. in Yorkshire and the Tweed. Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinbu. 34:348-360. Dane, C. W. 1959. Succession of aquatic plants in small artificial marshes in New York State. New YOrk Fish and Game J. 6:57-76. Darnell, R. M. 1958. Food habits of fishes and larger invertebrates of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana, an estuarine community. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 5:353-416. Daubenmire, R. F. 1959. Plants and environment: a textbook of plant autecology. 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York. 422 pp. Davies, B. R. 1982. Studies on the zoobenthos of some southern cape coastal lakes. Spatial and temporal changes in the benthos of Swartvlei, South Africa, in relation to changes in the submerged littoral macrophyte community. J. Limnol. Soc. S. Afr. 8:33-45. Davis, C. B., and A. B. ven der Valk. 1978. Litter decomposition in prairie glacial marshes. pp. 99-133 in: (R. E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson, eds.). Freshwater wetlands. Acad. Press. New York. 378 pp. Davis, C. B., and A. G. van der Valk. 1983. Uptake and release of nutrients by living and decomposing Typha glauca Godr. tissues at Eagle Lake, Iowa. Davis, G. J., and D. F. Carey. 1981. Trends in submersed macrophyte communities of the Currituck Sound 1977-79. J. Aquat. Plant Management. 19:3-8. Davis, G. J., and M. M. Brinson. 1980. Responses of submerged vascular plant communities to environmental change. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS - 79/33. Davis, G. J., H. D. Bradshaw, and S. M. Harlan. 1985. Submersed macrophytes in Jacks and Jacobs Creeks, September 1981-February 1983. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 101:125-129. Davis, J. P., C. H. Thomas, and L. L. Glasgow. 1961. Foods available to waterfowl in fallow ricefields of southwest Louisiana, 1960-1961. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 15:60-66 Davis, J. S. 1978. Biological communities of a nutrient enriched Salina. Aquat. Bot. 4:23-42. Davis, J. S., and P. B. Tomlinson. 1974. A new species of Ruppia in high salinity in western Australia. J. Arnold Arbor. Harv. Univ. 55:59-66. Davis, S. M., and L. A. Harris. 1978. Marsh plant production and phosphorus flux in Everglades Conservation Area 2. In: Drew, M. A. (Ed.) Environmental Quality Through Wetlands Utilization. Coordinating Council on the Kissimmee River Valley and Tayler Creek-Nubbin Slough Basin, Tallahassee, pp. 105-131. Davison, V. E., and W. W. Neely. 1959. Managing farm fields, wetlands, and waters for wild ducks in the south. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmer's Bull. 2144. 14 pp. Davison, V. E., J. M. Lawrence, and L. V. Compton. 1962. Waterweed control on farms and ranches. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmers Bull. 2181. 22 pp. Dawson, F. H., and U. Kern-Hansen. 1979. Aquatic weed management in natural streams: the effect of shade by the marginal vegetation. Verh. Int. Verein. theor angew Limnol 20:1451-1456. Day, J. H. 1952. The ecology of South African estuaries. Part 1. A review of estuarine conditions in general. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr. 33:53-89. Dean, E. B. 1933. Effect of soil type and aeration upon root systems of certain aquatic plants. Plant Physiol. 8:203-222. Dean, J. V., and D. D. Biesboer. 1986. The uptake and distribution of 15 N 2 into the various organs of Typha Latifolia L. Aquatic Bot. 23:309-320. Deevey, E. S. Jr. 1957. Limnological studies in Middle America with a chapter on Aztec limnology. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 39:213-328. De Jong, T. M., and B. G. Drake. 1981. Seasonal patterns of plant and soil water potential on an irregularly flooded tidal marsh. Aquatic Bot. 11:1-9. De Szalay, F. A., and V. H. Resh. 1994. The effects of vegetation management practices on wetland invertebrates and plant communities in a California seasonal marsh. p. 44 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr.). den Hartog, C. 1981. Aquatic plant communities of poikilosaline waters. Hydrobiol. 81:15-22. den Hartog, C., and S. Segal. 1964. A new classification of water- plant communities. Act. Bot. Neerl. 13:367-393. Denniston, R. H. 1921. A survey of the larger aquatic plants in Lake Mendota. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. 20:495-500. Denny, P. 1972. Lakes of south-western Uganda, I. Physical and chemical studies of Lake Bunyonyi. Freshwater Biol. 2:143-158. Denny, P. 1972. Zonation of aquatic macrophytes around Habukara Island, Lake Bunyonyi, S.W. Uganda. 12, 249-257. Denny, P. 1973. Lakes of south-western Uganda. II. Vegetation studies on Lake Bunyonyi. Freshwater Biol. 3:123-135. DeVlaming, V., and V. W. Proctor. 1968. Dispersal of aquatic organisms: viability of seeds recovered from the droppings of captive killdeer and mallard ducks. Am, J. Bot. 55:20-26. Devlin, R. M., and S. J. Karczmarczyk. 1975. The influence of norflurazon on chlorophyll content and growth of Potamogeton pectinatus. Pro. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 29:118-123. Devlin, R. M., and R. W. Yaklich. 1971. Mineral deficiency in Potomogeton and its influence on naptalum uptake and accumulation. Proc. NE Weed Sci. Soc. 25:79-82. Devlin, R. M., R. W. Yaklich, and S. J. Karczmarczyk. 1972. Influence of mineral deficiencies in Potamogeton pectinatus and their influence on naptalam uptake and accumulation. Proc. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 26:176-179. DeVoe, M. R., D. S. Baughman, and J. M. Whetstone. 1986. Integration and interpretation of CWIP results. pp. 583-601 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman, eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. III: Technical appendix. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-3. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 138 pp. Diaz, R. A., and E. G. Fernandez. 1989. Vegetatcion de estuarios gallegos. Marisma de Baldaio (La Coruna). Lazaroa 11:29-35. Dietert, M. F., and J. P. Shontz. 1978. Germination ecology of a Maryland population of saltmarsh bulrush (Scirpus robustus). Estuaries 1:164-170. Dijkema, K. S. (ed.), W. G. Beeftink, J. P. Doody, J. M. Gehu, B. Heydemann, and S. R. Martinez. 1984. Salt marshes in Europe. European Committee for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Strasbourg. 178 pp. Dineen, C. F. 1953. An ecological study of a Minnesota pond. Am. Midl. Nat. 50:349-356. Dirksen, S. 1982. The importance of pondweed for Bewicks swans in the Lauwersmeer. Limosa. 55:30-31 (Dutch). Dirschl, H. J., and R. T. Coupland. 1972. Vegetation patterns and site relationships in the Saskatchewan River Delta. Can. J. Bot. 50:647-675. Disraeli, D. J., and R. W. Fonda. 1979. Gradient analysis of the begetation in a brackish marsh in Bellingham Bay, Washington. Can. J. Bot. 57:465-475. Disrud, D. T. 1968. Wetland vegetation of the Turtle Mountains of North Dakota. Ph.D. Thesis. ND State Univ., Fargo. 197 pp. Ditlhogo, M. K. M., R. James, B. R. Laurence, and J. Sutherland. The effects of conservation management of reed beds. I. The invertebrates. J. Appl. Ecol. 29:265-276. Dix, R. L., and F. E. Smeins. 1967. The prairie, meadow, and marsh vegetation of Nelson County, North Dakota. Can. J. Bot. 45:21-58. Djebrouni, M., and A. Huon. 1988. Structure and biomass of a Typha stand revealed by multidimensional analysis. Aquat. Bot. 30:331-342. Dobberteen, R. A., and N. H. Nickerson. 1991. Use of created cattail (Typha) wetlands in mitigation staategies. Environ. Mgmt. 15:797-808. Dobrowolski, K. A. 1973. The role of birds in Polish wetland ecosystems. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 20:217-221. Dobson, H. H. 1964. Observations of temperature and aquatic plants in Lake Wabamun. Consultant's report to Calgary Power Ltd. Calgary, Alberta. (not seen, cited by Haag and Gorham 1977). Dodd, J. D., and R. T. Coupland. 1966b. Vegetation of saline areas in Saskatchewan. Ecology 47:958-968. Dodd, J. D., and R. T. Coupland. 1966a. Osmotic pressures of native plants of saline soil in Saskatchewan. Can. J. Plant Sci. 46:479-485. Dodd, J. D., D. A. Rennie, and R. T. Coupland. 1964. The nature and distribution of salts in uncultivated saline soils in Saskatchewan. Can. J. Soil Sci. 4:165-175. Doherty, M. J., and G. H. La Roi. 1973. Some effects of fluctuating water levels and other water factors on aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation in five water bodies of the Peace-Athabasca Delta, Alberta. pp. 202-227. in Proc. of the Sym. on the Lakes of Western Can., Nov. 16-17, 1972. Univ. of Alberta, Wat. Resour. Cent., Edmonton. Dokulil, M. 1973. Planktonic primary production within the Phragmites community of Lake Neusiedlersee (Austria). Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 20:175-180. Donnelly, J. A. 1968. Marsh resources investigation: experimental waterfowl food culture. North Carolina Wild. Res. Comm., Pittman-Robertson Rep. W-6-R-27. 2 pp Mimeo. Dow, D. D., and A. L. Frick. 1987. Impact of coastal wetland loss and burning on net aboveground primary production at Grand Bayou, LA. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 68:294. abs. Downing, J. A. 1975. Hydrophytes, plankton, and water chemistry related to recreational development at Lake Metigoshe, North Dakota. M. S. Thesis. North Dakota State Univ., Fargo. Dozier, H. L. 1951. The present status and future of nutria in the southeastern states. Southeastern Assoc. Game and Fish Comm., 5th Ann. Meeting. Mimeographed. 10 pp. Drifmeyer, J. E., and J. C. Zieman. 1979. Germination enhancement and inhibition of Distichlis spicata and Scirpus robustus seeds from Virginia. Estuaries 2:16-21. Droscoll, R. J. 1986. Changes in land management in the thurne catchment area, Norfolk, between 1973 and 1983, and their effects on the dyke flora and fauna. Pp. 87-92 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assoc. Appl. Biol. Dubrowolski, K. A. 1973. Role of birds in Polish wetland ecosystems. Polskie Archiwum Hydrobiologii 20:217-221. Dudley, W. R. l886. The Ceyuga flora. Bull. Cornell Univ. (Sci.) 132 pp. Duebbert, H. F. 1969. The ecology of Malheur Lake. U.S. Dep. Int., Fish Wildl. Serv. Refuge Lflt. 412. 24 pp. Duebbert, H. F., J. T. Lokemoen, and D.E. Sharp. 1983. Concentrated nesting of mallards and gadwalls on Miller Lake Island, North Dakota. J. Wildl. Manage. 47:729-740. Dugle, J. R., and T. P. Copps. 1972. Pollen characteristics of Manitoba cattails. Can. Field Nat. 86:33-40. Duncan, P., and J. M. D'Herbes. 1982. The use of domestic herbivores in the management of wetlands for waterbirds in the Camargue, France. pp. 51-67 in D. A. Scott ed. Technical meeting on western palearctic migratory bird management. Managing wetlands and their birds. Int. Waterfowl Resear. Bur., Slimbridge (GBR). Dunst, R., and S. A. Nichols. 1979. Macrophyte control in a lake management program. pp 411-418 in (see card of Carpenter 1979). Duthu, G. S., and R. H. Kilgen. 1975. Aquarium studies on the selectivity of 16 aquatic plants as food by fingering hybrids of the cross between Ctenopharyngodon idella and Cyprinus carpic. J. Fish. Biol. 7:203-208. Dutta, T. R., and J. N. Gupta. 1976. Some experiments on aquatic weed control in fisheries, lakes and streams in V. P. pp 249-252 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rozoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in SE Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Dykyjova, D. 1971. Production, vertical structure and light profiles in littoral stands of reed-bed species. Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:361-376. Dykyjova, D. 1973. Specific differences in vertical structures and radiation profiles in the helophyte stands. pp. 121-131 in Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/Pt-PP. Report No. 3. Dykyjova, D. 1978. Nutrient uptake by littoral communities of helophytes. pp. 257-277 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer- Verlag, New York. 464 pp. Dykyjova, D. 1978. Plant slueth and eshmeter of prediction. pp 159-163 in (see Hejhy and Husak 1978). Dykyjova, D. 1979. Selective uptake of mineral ions and their concentration factors in aquatic higher plants. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 14:267-325. Dykyjova, D. 1986. Production ecology of Bulboschoenus maritimus L. Palla (Scirpus maritimus L. s.l.). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 21:27-64. Dykyjova, D., and J. Kvet. 1970. Comparison of biomass production in reedswamp communities growing in South Bohemia and South Moravia. pp. 71-79 in D. Dykyjova ed. Productivity of terrestrial ecosystems and production processes. Czechoslovak IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 1. Praha. Dykyjova, D., K. Veber, and K. Priban. 1971. Productivity and root/shoot ratio of reed swamp species growing in outdoor hydroponic cultures. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 6:233-254. Dykyjova, D., P. J. Ondok, and D. Hradecka. 1972. Growth rate and development of the root\shoot ratio in reed swamp macrophytes grown in winter hydorponic cultures. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 7:259-268. Dykyjova, D., and S. Pribl. 1975. Energy content in the biomass of emergent macrophytes and their ecological efficiency. Arch. Hydrobiol. 75:90-108. Dykyjova, D., and B. Vlehlova. 1978. Structure and chemistry of fishpond litterals. pp 141-152 in (see Hejhy and Husak 1978). Ebbinge, B., K Canters, and R. Drent. 1975. Foraging routines and estimated daily food intake in barnacle geese wintering in the northern Netherlands. Wildfowl 26:5-19. Edwards, D. 1969. Some effects of siltation upon aquatic macrophyte vegetation in rivers. Hydrobiol. 34:29-37. Edwards, R. R. C. 1978. Ecology of a coastal lagoon complex in Mexico. Est. Coast. Mar. Sci. 6:75-92. Edwards, R. W., and M. Owens. 1960. The effects of plants on river conditions I. Chalk stream. J. Ecol. 48:151-160. Eerden, M. B. van. 1984. Waterfowl movements in relation to food stocks In R. H. Drent et al. eds. Coastal waders and waterfowl in winter. Cambridge Univ. Press. Ehrlich, S. 1957. On the importance of raising nutria in fish ponds. Bamidgeh, 9:65-69. Eilers, H. P. III. 1975. Plants, plant communities, net production and tide levels: the ecological biography of the Nehalem salt marshes, Tillamook County, Oregon. Ph.D. Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 368 pp. Eisenlohr, W. S., Jr. (and others). 1972. Hydrologic investigations of prairie potholes in North Dakota, 1959- 1968. U. S. Geological Survey Prof. Pap. 585-A. Elakovich, S. D., and J. W. Wooten. 1987. Use of allelopthy for aquatic plant management. Pp. 97-104 in Proc. 21st. Annu. Mtg. Aquatic Plant Cont. Res. Prog., U.S. Army Eng., Wopanas Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. Eleuterius, L. N. 1972. Submerged plant distribution in Mississippi Sound and adjacent waters. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. 17:9-14. Eleuterius, L. N. 1987. Seagrass ecology along the coasts of Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi. Fla. Mar. Res. Publ. 42:11-24. Ellis, E. A. 1960. An annotated list of the fungi. Pp. 179-182 in J.A. Steers, ed. Scott Head Island. Heffer, Cambridge (not seen, cited in Beeftink 1977). Ellis, L. L. 1955. Preliminary notes on the correlation between alkalinity and the distribution of some free floating and submerged aquatic plants. Ecology 36:763-774. Ellis, M. M. 1936. Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic environments. Ecology 17:29-42. Eminson, D. F., and B. Moss. 1980. The composition and ecology of periphyton communities in freshwaters. I. The influence of host type and external environment on community composition. Br. Phycol. J. 15:429-446. Engel, S. 1984. Restructuring littoral zones: a different approach to an old problem. Proc. 3rd Ann. Conf. N. Am. Lake Mgnt. Soc., 18-20 October 1983, Knoxville, TN. pp. 463-466. Entz, B. A. G. 1976. Lake Nasser and Lake Nubia. Pp. 271-298 in J. Rzoska, ed. The Nile Biology of an acient river. W. Junk, The Hague. Epperson, W. E. 1972. Ecological factors affecting turbidity and productivity of prairie ponds. PhD. Thesis. Oklahoma State Univ. Norman. 76 pp. Epstein, M. B., and R. L. Joyner. 1986. Use of managed and open tidal marsh by waterbirds and alligators. pp. 529-579 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Erickson, R. C. 1948. Life history and ecology of the canvasback, Nyroca valisineria (Wilson) in southeastern Oregon. Ph D. Thesis. Iowa State College, Ames. 324 pp. Essig, E. O. 1948. The Ruppia balls of Little Borax Lake. Scientific Monthly 66:467-471. Euliss, N. H., Jr. 1989. Assessment of drainwater evaporation ponds of waterfowl habitat in the San Joaquin Valley, California. Ph.D thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 130 pp. Euliss, N. H., Jr., and S. W. Harris. 1987. Feeding ecology of northern pintails and green-winged teal wintering in California. J. Wildl. Manage. 51:724-732. Euliss, N. H., Jr. 1984. The feeding ecology of pintail and green-winged teal wintering on Kern National Wildlife Refuge. M.S. Thesis, Humboldt State University, Arcata, CA. 188 pp. Evans, A. S., K. L. Webb, and P. A. Penhale. 1986. Photosynthetic temperature acclimation in two coexisting seagrasses, Zostera marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. Aquat. Bot., 24:185-197. Evans, C. D., A. S. Hawkins, and W. H. Marshall. 1952. Movements of waterfowl broods in Manitoba. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. 16. 47 pp. Evans, L. T. 1953. The ecology of halophytic vegetation at Lake Ellesmere, New Zealand. J. Ecol. 41:106-122. Everard, M., and P. Denny. 1985. Flux of lead in submerged plants and its relevance to a freshwater system. Aquatic Bot. 21:181-193. Evermann, B. W. 1902. The feeding habits of the coot and other water birds. Osprey I (n.s.) 57-64. Ewing, K. 1983. Environmental controls in Pacific Northwest intertidal marsh plant communities. Can. J. Bot. 61:1105- 1116. Ewing, K. 1986. Plant growth and productivity along complex gradients in a Pacific Northwest brackish intertidal marsh. Estuaries 9:49-62. Ewing, K., and K. A. Kershaw. 1986. Vegetation patterns in James Bay coastal marshes. I. Environmental factors on the south coast. Can. J. Bot. 64:217-226. Falco, P. K., and F. J. Cali. 1977. Pregermination requirements and establishment techniques for saltmarsh plants. U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Exp. Stn. Misc. Pap. D- 77-1. Farrey, R. A., and T. A. Bookhout. 1982. Vegetation changes in a Lake Erie marsh (Winous Point, Ottawa County, Ohio) during high water years. Ohio J. Sci. 82:103-107. Fassett, N. C. 1940. A manual of aquatic plants. McGraw-Hill, New York. 382 pp. Fassett, N. C. l930. The plants of some N.E. Wisconsin lakes. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 25:154-168. Fassett, N. C., and B. M. Calhoun. 1952. Introgression between Typha latifolia and T. augustifolia. Evolution 6:367-379. Faulkner, S. P., and A. A. de la Cruz. 1982. Nutrient mobilization following winter fires in an irregularly flooded marsh. J. Env. Qual. 11:129-133. Feldmann, G. 1959. Une ustilaginale marine, parasit du Ruppia maritima L. Rev. gen. de Botanique 66:35-40. Felger, R. S., M. B. Moser, and E. W. Moser. 1979. Seagrasses in Seri Indian culture. Pp 260-276 in (R.C. Phillips and C. P. McRoy eds.). Handbook of seagrass biology: an ecosystem perspective. Garland STPM Press, New York. 353 pp. Ferguson, Wood, E. J. 1959. Some east Australian sea-grass communities. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 84:218-226. Fernald, M. L. 1900. The representatives of Scirpus maritimus in America. Rhodora 2:239-241. Fernald, M. L., and K. M. Wiegand. 1914. The genus Ruppia in eastern North America. Rhodora 16:119-128. Fernald, M. L. 1950. Gray's manual of botany. Am. Book Co., New York. 1632 pp. Ferrari, C., R. Gerdol, and F. Piccoli. 1985. The halophilous vegetation of the Po Delta (northern Italy). Vegetatio 61:5-14. Ferren, W. R. Jr. 1985. Carpinteria salt marsh. The Herberium, Dept. Biol. Sci. University of California Santa Barbara Publ. 4. 300 pp. Ferren, W. R. Jr., and A. E. Schuyler. 1980. Intertidal vascular plants of river systems near Philadelphia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 132:86-120. Fetter, C. W., W. E. Sloey, and F. L. Spanger. 1978. Biogeochemical studies of a polluted Wisconsin marsh. J. Water Poll. Control Fed. 50:290-307. Fiala, K. 1978. Seasonal development of helophytepolycormones and relationship between underground and aboveground organs. pp. 174-181 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosytems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. N.Y. 464 pp. Fiala, K., and J. Kvet. 1971. Dynamic balance between plant species in South Moravian reedswamps pp. 241-269 in: E. Duffey and A. S. Watt, eds. The Scientific management of animal and plant communities for conservation. Blackwell, Oxford. 652 pp. Fiala, K., D. Dykyjova, J. Kvet, and J. Svoboda. 1968. Methods of assessing rhizome and root production in reed-bed stands. Pp 36-47 in Methods of productivity studies in root systems and rhizosphere organisms. Int. Symp. IBP/USSR 28 Aug.-12 Sept., Leningrad. Fiala, K. 1971. Comparison of seasonal changes in the growth of underground organs of Typha latifolia L. and Typha angustifolia L. Hidrobiologia (Buchar.) 12:235-240. Filbin, G. J., and J. W. Barko. 1985. Growth and nutrition of submerged macrophytes in a eutrophic Wisconsin impoundment. J. Freshw. Ecol. 3:275-285. Filice, F. P. 1954. An ecology survey of the Castro Creek area in San Pablo Bay. Wasmann J. Biol. 12:1-24. Finlayson, C. M., J. Roberts, A. J. Chick, and P. J. Sale. 1983. The biology of Australian weeds: II. Typha domingensis and Typha orientalis Presl. J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 49:3-10. Fischer, A. 1907. Wasserstoff-und hydroxylionen als keimungsreize. Ber. Deaut. Bot. Gesell. 15:108-122 (not seen, cited in Isely 1944). Fitzgerald, G. P. 1969. Some factors in the competition or antagonism between bacteria, algae and aquatic plants. J. Phycol., 5:351-359. Flemer, D. A., D. R. Heinle, C. W. Keefe, D. H. Hamilton, and M. Johnson. 1978. Standing crops of marsh vegetation of two tributaries of Chesapeake Bay. Estuaries 1:157-163. Fletcher, A. R., A. K. Morison, and D. J. Hume. 1985. Effects of carp, Cyprinus carpio L., on communities of aquatic vegetation and turbidity of waterbodies in the lower Goulburn River Basin. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 36:311-327. Floreschutz, O., Jr., 1959. Mosquito production and wildlife usage in natural, ditched, and unditched tidal marshes at Assawoman Wildlife Area, Delaware. Proc. N. J. Mosq. Exterm. Assoc. 46:103-111. Flores-Verdugo, F. L., J. W. Day, Jr., L. Mee, and R. Briseno-Duenas. 1988. Phyto[lankton production and seasonal biomass variation of seagrass, Ruppia maritima L., in a tropical Mexican lagoon with an ephemeral Inter. Estuaries 11:51-56. Florschutz, O., Jr. 1959. Mosquito production and wildlife usage in natural, ditched, and unditched tidal marshes at Assawoman Wildlife Area, Delaware. Proc. N. J. Mosquito Extermination Assoc. 46:103-111. Florschutz, O., Jr. 1972. The importance of Eurasian milfoil (Myriophyllum spicatum) as a waterfowl food. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 26:189-194. Flowers, M. G. 1973. Vegetation zonation in two successional brackish marshes of the Chesapeake Bay. Chesapeake Sci. 14:197-200. Flowers, M. G., and J. P. Shontz. 1974. Germination ecology of Scirpus robustus Pursh. Amer. J. Bot. 61 (5, Suppl.):56. Flowers, S. 1934. Vegetation of the Great Salt Lake region. Bot. Gaz. 95:353-418. Flowers, S., and F. R. Evans. 1966. The flora and fauna of the Great Salt Lake region, Utah. pp. 367-393 in (H. Boyko ed.) Salinity and aridity. W. Junk Publishers, Hague. Foote, A. L. 1988. Effects of wave energy on plant establishment in shallow lacustrine wetlands. pp. 115-119 in Restoration, creation and management of wetland and riparian ecosystems in the American west. Symp. Rocky Mtn Chapt., Soc. Wetland Scientists, Denver, CO. 14-16 Nov. Foote, A. L., J. A. Kadlec, and B. K. Campbell. 1988. Insect herbivory on an inland brackish wetland. Wetlands 8:67-74. Forbes, R. D. 1972. A floral description of the Fraser River estuary and Boundary and Mud bays, B. C. Fish Wildl. Branch, British Colombia Dep. Recreation Conserv. 94 pp. (not seen, cited in Hoos and Packman 1974). Forsberg, C. 1960. Subaquatic macrovegetation in Osbysjon, Djursholm. Oikos 11:183-199. Fowler, M. C. 1977. Laboratory trials of a new triazine herbicide (DPX 3674) on various aquatic species of macrophytes and algae. Weed Resear. 17:191-195. Fowler, M. C., and T. O. Robson. 1978. The effects of food preferences and stocking rates of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodn idella Val.) on mixed plant communities. Aquat. Bot. 5:261-276. Frank, P. A,. and R. H. Hodgson. 1964. A technique for studying absorption and translocation in submersed plants. Weeds 12:80-82. Frank, P. A., R. H. Hodgson, and R. D. Comes. 1963. Evaluation of herbicides applied to soil for control of aquatic weeds in irrigation canals. Weeds 11:124-128. Frank, P. A., N. E. Otto, and T. R. Bartley. 1961. Techniques for evaluating aquatic weed herbicides. Weeds 9:515-521. Fraser, D., and J. K. Morton. 1983. Aquatic plants in Lake Superior Provincial Park in relation to water chemistry. Can. Field-Nat. 97:181-186. Fredrickson, L. H. 1980. An evaluation of the role of feeding in waterfowl management in southern California. Final report for Office of Migratory Bird Management, U.S. Dept. Interior, Washington, D.C. 173 pp. Frenkel, R. E., and T. R. Boss. 1988. Introduction, establishment and spread of Spartina patens on Cox Island, Siuslaw Estuary, Oregon. Wetlands 8:33-49. Fuller, D.A., C.E. Sasser, W.B. Johnson, and J.G. Gosselink. 1985. The effects of herbivory on vegetation on islands in Atchafalaya Bay, Louisiana. Wetlands 4: 105-114. Fulton, G. W. 1979. Analysis of wetland vegetation on selected areas in southwestern North Dakota. M.S. Thesis. ND State Univ., Fargo. Fulton, G. W., R. J. Bigler, W. T. Barker, and J. L. Richardson. 1979. Soil and plant relationships of selected wetlands on the Missouri Coteau. N. D. Acad. Sci., Proc. 33:63. (Abstr.). Fulton, G. W., J. L. Richardson, and W. T. Barker. 1986. Wetland soils and vegetation. North Dakota State University, Agric. Exp. Stn. Rep. 106. 16 pp. Fulton, G. W., W. T. Barker, and A. Bjugstad. 1983. Rooted aquatic plant revegetation of strip mine impoundments in the northern Great Plains. pp. 113-117 in M. D. Scott, ed. Third biennial Plains Aquatic Research Conf. Inst. Nat. Resour., Dept. Earth Sciences, Montana State University, Bozeman, and Canadian Plains Research Center, University of Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan. Funaguma, T., Y. Hibino, S. Fukumori, and A. Hara. 1987. Pyrophosphate and ATP-dependent phosphofructokinases in pollen of Typha latifoloa. Agric. Biol. Chem. (Tokyo) 51,2601-10. Furniss, O. C. 1938. The 1937 waterfowl season in the Prince Albert District, central Saskatchewan. Wilson Bull. 50:17-27. Futyma, R. P. 1985. Paleobotanical studies at Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore. National Park Service, Porter, IN, 242 pp. Gaevskaya, N. S. (1966; transl. 1969). The role of higher aquatic plants in the nutrition of the animals of freshwater basins. Nauka, Moscow. Nat. Lending Library for Science and Technology, Boston, Spa, Yorkshire, England. Galinato, M. I., and A. G. van der Valk. 1986. Seed germination traits of annuals and emergents recruited during drawdowns in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba, Canada. Auqatic Bot. 26:89-102. Gallagher, J. L., F. G. Plumley, and P. L. Wolf. (yr?) Underground biomass dynamics.... U. S. Corps of Eng. Dredged Material Resear. Prog. Tech. Rep. D-77-28. Gallop, D. N. 1978. Lakes of central Alberta with emphasis upon Moose Lake. Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 20:182-189. Gangstad, E. O. 1986. Freshwater vegetation management. Thomas Publ., Fresno, CA. 380 pp. Garbisch, E. 1993. The use of pre-germinated seed in nursery operations. Wetland J. 5 (2):21. Garcia, L. V., T. Maranon, A. Moreno, and L. Clemente. 1993. Above-ground biomass and species richness in a Mediterranean salt marsh. J. Veg. Sci. 4:417-424. Garlick, L. R. 1956. Method and material in carp control work Malheur Federal Wildlife Refuge. Proc. Western Assoc. State Game and Fish Commissioners. 36:110-112. Garner, K. M. 1962. Nutritive values and digestibility of some wetland wildlife foods in Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 90 pp. Garver, E. G., Dubbe, D. R., and Pratt, D. C. 1988. Seasonal patterns in accumulation and partitioning of biomass and macronutrients in Typia spp. Aquat. Bot., 32:115-127. Gates, J. M. 1957. Autumn food habits of the gadwall in northern Utah. Utah Acad. Proc. 34:69-71. Gearheart, R. A., B. A. Finney, S. Wilbur, J. Williams, and D. Hull. 1984. The use of wetland treatment processes in water reuse. pp. 617-638 in Future of water reuse. Vol. 2. Proc. 3rd Water Reuse Symp., San Diego, CA. AWWA Research Foundation, Denver, CO. Geddes, M. C., P. DeDeckker, W. D. Williams, D. Morton, and M. Topping. 1981. On the chemistry and biota of some saline lakes in Western Australia. Hydrobiologia 81:201-222. George, H. A. 1980. California marsh management studies. Job Final Report. Proj. W-30-R-31. 14 pp. George, H. A., and J. A. Young. 1977. Germination of alkali bulrush seed. J. Wildl. Manage 41:790-793. George, H. A., W. Anderson, and H. McKinnie. 1965. An evaluation of the Suisun Marsh as a waterfowl area. Calif. Dept. of Fish and Game-Administrative Report. 20 p. (not seen, cited in Mall 1969) George, H. A. 1963. Planting alkali bulrush for waterfowl food. California Dept. Fish Game. Game Manage. LFIT. No 9. 9 pp. Gerbeaux, P., and J. Ward. 1986. The disappearance of macrophytes and its importance in the management of shallow lakes in New Zealand. Pp. 119-124 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol. Gerloff, G. C., and P. H. Krombholz. 1966. Tissue analysis as a measure of nutrient availability for the growth of angiosperm aquatic plants. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11:529-537. Getsinger, K. D., G. J. Davis, and M. M. Brinson. 1982. Changes in Myriophyllum spicatum L. community following 2, 4-D treatment. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 20:4-8. Getsinger, K. D. 1988. Development of herbicide application techniques for flowing water. Pp. 189-194 in Proc. 22nd Annu. Mtg., Aguat. Plant Cont. Res. Prog. U.S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. Ghosh, A. K. 1971. Chemical control of Scirpus maritimus L. in lowland rice. International Rice Research Institute Seminar. May 8, 1971. (not seen, cited in Mercado et al. 1971). Gibbs, G. W. 1973. Cycles of macrophytes and phytoplankton in Pukepuke Lagoon following a severe drought. Proc. N.Z. Ecol. Sci., 20:13-20. Gidden, C. S. 1965. A study of the vegetation in the closed area of Apalachee Bay, St. Marks Nat. Wildl. Refuge, St. Marks, Florida. 8 pp. Gillham, M. E. 1956. Feeding habits and seasonal movements of mute swans on two South Devon estuaries. Bird Study 3:205- 212. Gillham, M. E. 1957. Vegetation of the Exe Estuary in relation to salinity. J. Ecol. 45:735-756. Gillham, M. E. 1957. Coastal vegetation of Mull and Iona in relation to salinity and soil reaction. J. Ecol. 45:757- 778. Gillner, V. 1960. Vegetations - urd Standortsunter suchungen in den Strandwiessen der Schwedischen Westkuste. Acta Phytogeogr. Suec. 43:1-198. (not seen, cited in Beeftink, 1977 and Chapman, 1974). Gilman, B. A. 1976. Wetland communities along the eastern shoreline of Lake Ontario. MS Thesis, State Univ. of New York, College Environ. Sci. Forestry, Syrecruse. 187 pp. Gilmore, R. G. 1987. Fish, macrocrustacean, and avian population dynamics and cohabitation in tidally influenced impounded subtropical wetlands. Pp. 373-394 in (see Mahoffy). Gilmore, R. G., D. W. Cooke, and C. J. Donohoe. 1982. A comparison of the fish populations and habitat in open and closed salt marsh impoundments in eastcentral Florida. Northeast Gulf Science 5:25-37. Giltz, M. L., and W. C. Myser. 1954. A preliminary report on an experiment to prevent cattail die-off. Ecol. 35:418. Gladyshev, A. I., and S. Kogan. 1977. The dynamics of macrophyte and phytoplankton biomass in a floodplain lake of the Middle Amu-Dar'ya. Hydrobiol. J. 13:74-81. Glasgow, L. L., and J. L. Bardwell. 1962. Pintail and teal foods in South Louisiana. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 16:175-184. Glazener, W. C. 1946. Food habits of wild geese on the Gulf Coast of Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 10:322-329. Glazner, M. 1958. First report on the growth of nutria in fish ponds and their influence on distruction of coarse vegetation. Bamidgeh, 10:32-35. Glooschenko, W. A. 1978. Above-ground biomass of vascular plants in a subarctic James Bay salt marsh. Can. Field-Nat. 92:30- 37. Glooschenko, W. A., and I. P. Martini. 1987. Vegetation of river-influenced coastal marshes of the southwestern end of James Bay, Ontario. Wetlands 7:71-84. Godfrey, P. J., and M. M. Godfrey. 1974. The role of overwash and inlet dynamics in the formation of salt marshes on North Carolina barrier islands. Pp. 407-425 in R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen, eds. Ecology of halophytes. Acad. Press, New York, NY. 605 pp. Godshalk, G. L., and R. G. Wetzel. 1978. Decomposition in the littoral zone of lakes. pp. 131-143 in: (R. E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson, eds.) Freshwater wetlands. Academic Press. New York. 378 pp. Godshalk, G. L., J. W. Barko, and W. F. James. 1987. Effect of submerged aquatic plants on their environment. pp 215-224 in (See Bowers et al. 1987.) Godshalk, G. L., and J. W. Barko. 1988. Effect of winter drawdown on submersed aquatic plants in Eau Galle Reservoir, Wisconsin. pp. 100-111 in Proc. 22nd Ann. Mtg., Aquat. Plant Control Resear. Prog., U. S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. 39180-0631. Goetghebeur, P. and D. A. Simpson. 1991. Critical notes on Actinoscirpus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, Phylloscirpus and Amphiscirpus (Cyperaceae). Kew Bulletin 46:169-178. Golubic, S. 1961. Der Vrana-See an der Insel Cres - ein Chara-See. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 14:846-849. Gonzalez Guttierrez, M. 1977. Observaciones sobre un comportamiento atipico de Ruppia maritima L. en una laguna costera tropical. Bol Soc. Bot. Mex., 37:53-68. Good, R. E. 1965. Salt Marsh vegetation at Cape May, New Jersey. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 10:1-11. Good, R. E., and N. F. Good. 1975. Vegetation and production of the Woodbury Creek Hessian Run freshwater tidal marshes. Bartonia 43:38-45. Gopal, B., K. P. Sharma, and R. K. Trivedy. 1978. Studies on ecology and production of Indian freshwater ecosystems at primary producer level with emphasis on macrophytes. pp. 349-376 in J. S. Singh and B. Gopal, eds. Glimpses of ecology. Intern. Sci. Publ., Jaipur. Gopal, B., and M. Kulshreshtha. 1980. Role of aquatic macrophytes as reservoirs of nutrients and in their cyclying. Int. J. Ecol. Enviro. Sci. 6:145-152. Gordon, D. H., B. T. Gray, R. D. Perry, M. B. Prevost, T. H. Strange, and R. K. Williams. 1989. South Atlantic coastal wetlands. pp. 57-92 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Gordon, D .H., B. T. Gray, and R. M. Kaminski. 1987. A preliminary analysis of habitat use by dabbling ducks wintering in coastal wetlands of South Carolina. pp 13-25 in W. R. Whitman and W.H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlandssymposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware. 522 pp. Gordon, M. E. 1979. Effects of an Overwinter Drawdown and Incomplete Refill on Autoroph Distribution and Water Cemistry in a Permanent Recreational Pond. M.S. Thesis, Kent State Univ. 172 pp. Gore, J. F. 1965. Effects of small salt marsh impoundments upon Ruppia and macroinvertebrates. M.S. Thesis, University of Maine, Orono. 111 pp. Gough, S. B., and W. J. Woelkerling. 1976. On the removal and quantification of algal aufwichs from macrophyte hosts. Hydrobiol. 48:203-207. Goulder, R. 1969. Interaction between the rates of production of a saltwater macrophyte and phytoplankton in a pond. Oikos 20:300-309. Goulder, R., and D. J. Boatman. 1971. Evidence that nitrogen supply influences the distribution of a freshwater macrophyte, Ceratophyllum demersum. J. Ecol. 59:783-791. Grace, J.B. 1987. The impact of preemption on the zonation of two Typha species along lakeshores. Ecological Monographs 57:283-303. Grace, J. B. 1989. Effects of water depth on Typha latifolia and Typha domingensis. Amer. J. Bot. 76:762-768. Grace, J. B. 1988. The effects of nutrient additions on mixtures of Typhya latifolia L. and Typha domingensis Pers. along a water-depth gradient. Aquat. Bot. 31:83-92. Grace, J. B. 1987. The impact of preemption on the zonation of two typha species along lakeshores. Ecol. Monagr. 57:283-303. Grace, J. B. 1985a. Juvenile vs. adult competitive abilities in plants: size-dependence in cattails (Typha). Ecology 66:1630-38. Grace, J. B. 1984. Effects of Tubificid worms on the germination and establishment of Typha. Ecology 65:1689-1693. Grace, J. B. 1983. Autotoxic inhibition of seed germination by Typha latifolia: an evaluation. Oecologia 59:366-369. Grace, J. B. 1982a. Niche differentiation between two rhizomatous plant species: Typha latifolia and Typha angustifolia. Can. J. Bot. 60:46-57. Grace, J. B. 1982b. Variation in growth and reproduction within populations of two rhizomatous plant species: Typha latifolia and Typha angustifolia. Oecologia (Berlin) 53:258-63. Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel. 1981. Phenothypic and genotypic components of growth and reprodution in Typha latifolia: experimental studies in marshes of differing successional maturity. Ecology.62:789-801. Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel. 1981a. Habitat partitioning and competitive displacement in cattails (Typha): experimental field studies. Am. Nat. 118:463-474. Grace, J. B., and R. G. Wetzel. 1981a. Effects of size and growth rate on vegetative reproduction in Typha. Oecologia (Berlin) 50:158-61. Grace, J. B., and J. S. Harrison. 1986. The biology of Canadian weeds. 73. Typha latifolia L., Typha angustifolia L., and Typha xglauca Godr. Graves, A. H. 1908. The morphology of Ruppia maritima. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. 14:59-170. Gray, B. T., D. H. Gordon, and R. M. Kaminski. 1987. Functional attributes of coastal wetlands for waterfowl: perspectives for research and management. pp. 205-222 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware Dep. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware 522 pp. Great Plains Flora Association. 1977. Atlas of the flora of the Great Plains. Iowa State University Press, Ames. 600 pp. Great Plains Flora Association. 1986. Flora of the Great Plains. University Press of Kansas, Lawrence, KS. 1392 pp. Greger, M., and L. Kautsky. 1991. Effects of Cu, Pb, and Zn on two Potamogeton species grown under field conditions. Vegetatio 97:173-184. Grelsson, G., and C. Nilsson. Vegetation and seed-bank relationships on a lakeshore. Freshwater Biol. 26:199-207. Greze, I. I. 1953. Hydrobiology of the lower part of the River Angara. Trudy vses. gidrobiol. Obshch. 5:203-211 (not seen). Greze, I. I. 1968. Feeding habits and food requirements of some amphipods in the Black Sea. Mar. Biol. 1:316-321. Grigsby, B. H., C. A. Reimer, and W. A. Cutler. 1955. Observations on the control of cattail, Typhya spp., by chemical sprays. Mich. Quart. Bull. 37:400-406. Grillas, P., P. Garcia-Murillo, O. Geertz-Hansen, N. Marba, C. Montes, C. M. Duarte, L. Tan Ham, and A. Grossmann. 1993. Submerged macrophyte seed bank in a Mediterranean temporary marsh: abundance and relationship with established vegetation. Oecologia 94:1-6. Grillas, P., and P. Duncan. 1986. On the distribution and abundance of submerged macrophytes in temporary marshes in the Camargue (S. France). Proc. EWRS/AAB Symp. Aquat. Weeds 7:133-141. Grillas, P. 1988. Haemonia appendiculata Panzer (Chrysomelidae, Donaciinae) and its impact on Potamogeton pectinatus L. and Myriophyllum spicatum L. beds in the Camague (France). Aquat. Bot. 31:347-353. Grime, J. P. 1979. Plant strategies and vegetative processes. J. Wiley and Sons. Chichester. 222 pp. Grizzell, R. A. Jr., and W. W. Neely. 1962. Biological controls for waterweeds. Trans N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:107-113. Grontved, J. 1958. Underwater macrovegetation in shallow coastal waters. J. Cons. Cons. Int. Explor. Mer, 24:32-42. Gross, M. F., M. A. Hardisky, P. L. Wolf, and V. Klemas. 1993. Relationships among Typha biomass, pore water methane, and reflectance in a Delaware (U.S.A.) brackish marsh. J. Coastal Resear. 9:339-355. Grubb, P. J. 1977. The maintenance of species-richness in plant communities: the importance of the regeneration niche. Biol. Rev. 52:107-145. Guenther, Stanley E. 1950. Nutria. Game Bull. (Washington State), 2(1). Guo, Y-H., and C. D. K. Cook. 1989. Pollination efficiency of Potamoeton pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot. 34:381-384. Gupta, R. K. 1968. Flora Nainitalensas. Mawagga traders publ., New Delhi. (not seen, cited by Purohit 1981). Haag, R. W. 1983. Emergence of seedlings of aquatic macrophytes from lake sediments. Can. J. Bot. 61:148-156. Haag, R. W., and P. R. Gorham. 1977. Effects of thermal effluent on standing crop and net productions of Elodea canadensis and other submerged macrophytes in Lake Wabamun. Alberta. J. Appl. Ecol. 14: 835-852. Haag, R. W., and L. Noton. 1981a. Macrophyte and sediment texture survey of Bufflao Lake. Report to Alberta Environment, Planning Division, Edmonton. 36 pp. ___________, and L. Noton. 1981b. Macrophyte and sediment texture survey of Pigeon Lake. Report to Alberta Environment, Planning Division, Edmonton. Hackney, C. T., and A. A. de la Cruz. 1982. The structure and function of brackish marshes in the north central Gulf of Mexico: A ten year case study. pp 89-107 in B. Gopal et al. eds. Wetlands ecology and management. National Institute of Ecology and International Scientific Publications. 514 pp. Haeck, J., O. van Tongeren, and E. van der Maarel. 1985. Phytosociological amplitudes of some Dutch coastal species and their ecological interpretation. Vegetatio 61:77-85. Hagstrom, J. O. 1916. Critical researches on the potamogetons. Kungl. Svenska Vet. Handl. Hall, K.J., and I. Yesaki. 1988. Primary production, detritus flux and nutrient cycling in two bulrush marshes. pp 41-49 in C. Rubec, ed. Proc. Symp. '87--Wetlands/Peatlands. International Peat Society, Edmonton, Alberta. Hall, T. F., W. T. Penfound, and A. D. Hess. 1946. Water level relationships of plants in the Tennessee Valley wity particular reference to malaria control. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 21:18-59. Haller, W. T., D. L. Sutton, and W. C. Barlowe. 1974. Effects of salinity on growth of several aquatic macrophytes. Ecology 55:891-894. Hammer, U. T. 1978. The saline lakes of Saskatchewan. III. Chemical characterization. Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 63:311-335. Hammer, U. T. 1981. A comparative study of primary production and related factors in four saline lakes in Victoria. Australia. Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 66:701-743. Hammer, U. T., and J. M. Heseltine. 1988. Aquatic macrophytes in saline lakes of the Canadian prairies. Hydrobiol. 158:101-116 Hammer, U. T., R. C. Haynes, J. M. Haseltine, and S. M. Swanson. 1975. The saline lakes of Saskatchewan. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 19:589-598. Hancock, H. M. 1953. Food habits of waterfowl migrating through Payne County, Oklahoma. Okla. Agric. Mech. Coll. Resear. Foundation Publ. 50. 36pp. Handoo, J. K., and V. Kaul. 1982. Phytosociological and standing crop studies in wetlands of Kashmir. pp. 187-195 in B. Gopal, R. E. Turner, R. G. Wetzel, and D. F. Whigham eds. Wetlands ecology and management. Nat. Inst. Ecol. and Internat. Sci. Publ. 514 pp. Handoo, J. K., N. Saraf, and V. Kaul. 1988. Energy content and ecological efficiency of macrophytes in Dal Lake, Kashmir. Arch. Hydrobiol. 111:351-367. Hanley, S. 1981. The effect of glyphosate on Scirpus maritimus. pp. 199-200 in Conference on aquatic weeds and their control. Assoc. of Applied Biologists, Christ Church, Oxford, England. Hannan, H. H., and T. C. Dorris. 1970. Succession of a macrophyte community in a constant temperature river. Limnol. Oceanogr. 15:442-453. Hanseter, B. H. 1975. Recovery, productivity, and phosphorus content of selected marsh plants after repeated cuttings. M.S. Thesis. Univer. of Wisconsin, Oshkosh. 81 pp. Harlin, M. M., B. Thorne-Miller. 1981. Nutrient enrichment of seagrass beds in a Rhode Island coastal lagoon. Mar. Biol. 65:221-229. Harman, W. N., and T. R. Doane. 1970. Changes in the aquatic flora of Otsego Lake between 1935-1969. N. Y. Fish and Game J. 17:121-123. Harms, V. L., and G. F. Ledingham. 1986. The narrow-leaved cattail, Typha angustifolia and the hybrid cattail, T. X glauca, newly reported from Saskatchewan. Can. Field-Nat. 100:107-110. Harper, R. M. 1918. Some dynamic studies of Long Island vegetation. Plant World 21:38-46. Harris, B. B., and J. K. G. Silvey. 1948. Limnological investigations on Texas reservoir lakes. Ecol. Monogr. 10:111-143. Harris, S. W. 1952. An ecological study of the waterfowl of the potholes area, Grant County, Washington. M.S. Thesis, State College of Washington, Pullman. 187 pp. Harris, S. W., and W. H. Marshall. 1963. Ecology of water-level manipulations on a northern marsh. Ecol. 44:331-344. Harris, V. T., and F. Webert. 1962. Nutria feeding activity and its affect on marsh vegetation in southwestern Louisiana. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Special Sci. Rep. Wildl. 64. 51 pp. Harrison, A. D. 1962. Hydrobiological studies on alkaline and acid still water in the Western Cape Province. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa, 36, 213-243. Harrison, J. W. 1949. Potamogetons in the Scottish Western Isles, with some remarks on the general natural history of the species. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, 35:1-25. Harrison, P. G. 1982. Seasonal and year-to-year variations in mixed intertidal populations of Zostera japonica Aschers. & Graebn. and Ruppia maritima L. s.l. Aquat. Bot., 14:357-371. Harshberger, J. W. 1911. A hydrometric investigation of the influence of seawater on the distribution of salt marsh and estuarine plants. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 50:457-496. Hartman, D. 1971. Observations of the American manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan), at Crystal River, Citrus County. Ph.D. Thesis. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. Hartman, F. E. 1963. Estuarine wintering habitat for black ducks. J. Wildl. Manage. 27:339-347. Hartman, W. A., and D. B. Martin. 1985. Effects of four agricultural pesticides on Daphnia pulex, Lemna minor, and Potamogeton pectinatus. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 35:646-651. Harwood, J. E. 1975. Aerial multispectral sensing of aquatic macrophytes in the Pamlico River Estuary, N.C. M.A. Thesis, East Carolina University, Greenville, N.C. 75 pp. Haslam, S. M. 1983. The management of British wetlands II. Conservation. J. Environ. Manage. 1:345-361. Haslam, S. M. 1987. River plants of western Europe. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge. 512 pp. Haslam, S. M. 1986. Causes of changes in river vegetation giving rise to complaints. Pp 151-156 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat Weeds. European Weed Resear. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol. Haslam, S. M. 1978. River plants: the macrophytic vegetation of watercourses. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 396 pp. Haslam, S. M., C. A. Sinker, and P. A. Wolseley. 1975. British water plants. Field Stud., 4:243-351. Hasler, A. D., and E. Jones. 1949. Demonstration of the antagonistic action of large aquatic plants on alage and rotifers. Ecology 30:359-364. Hayden, A. 1948a. The status of revegetation of drained lakes in the Ruthven area in the second season of drainage. Iowa State University Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit Quarterly Report for the period of January-March, 1948: 4-7. Hayden, A. 1948b. Notes on the repopulation of the aquatic flora of the Ruthven area. Iowa State Univ. Coop. Wildl. Res. Unit Quarterly Report for the period of July-September, 1948: 4-7. Hayden, A. 1946. The distribution and ecology of plants in the waterfowl breeding areas of Iowa. Iowa State Univ. Coop. Wildl. Res. Unit Quarterly Report for the period of July-September, 1946: 4-11. Hayden, A. 1939. Notes on Typha angustifolia L. in Iowa. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 13:341-351. Heck, K. L. Jr., and R. J. Orth. 1980. Structural components of eelgrass (Zostera marina) meadows in the lower Chesapeake Bay - decapod crustacea. Estuaries 3:289-295. Hegrash, A. K., and S. O. Matevienko. 1965. Algicidal properties of aquatic and shore plants of the Kremenchug Reservoir with respect to the blue-green algae Microcysis pulverea and Anabaena hassalii. Mikrobiol. Zh. Akad. Nauk. UKR RSR 27(2):39-42. (In Russian.) Cited from Biol. Abstr. (1966) 47:3005 (No. 35596). Heit, W. S. 1948. Texas coastal waterfowl concentration areas and their 1947-48 wintering population. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 13:323-338. Heitmeyer, M. E., D. P. Connelly, and R. L. Pederson. 1989. The Central, Imperial, and Coachella valleys of California. pp. 475-505 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Heitzman, B. 1978. Management of salt marsh impoundments for waterfowl in North Carolina. North Carolina Wildl. Res. Comm. 35 pp. Hejny, S., and S. Husak. 1978. Higher plant communities. pp. 23-64 in (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.) Pond littoral ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New York. 464 pp. Hejny, S. (ed.) 1973. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3. Hejny, S. 1978. Management aspects of fishpond drainage. pp. 399-403 in: (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.) Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Hejny, S. 1971. The dynamic characteristics of littoral vegetation with respect to changes of water level. Hydrobiologia Bucor. 12:71-86. Hejny, S. 1960. Okologische charakteristik der Wasser und Sumpfpflanzen in der Slowakischen Tiefebenen (Donau und Theissgebiet). Bratislava. Hellier, T. R. 1962. Fish production and biomass studies in relation to photosynthesis in the Laguna Madre of Texas. Publications of the Institue of Marine Sci., Univ. of Texas 8:1-22. Hellings, S. E., and J. L. Gallagher. 1992. The effects of salinity and flooding on Phragmites australis. J. Appl. Ecol. 29:41-49. Hellquist, C. B. 1980. Correlation of alkalinity and the distribution of Potamogeton in New England. Rhodora 82:331-344. Hellquist, C. B. 1975. Correlation of selected dissolved substances and the distribution of Potamogeton in New England. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of New Hampshire, Durham, N. H. 269 pp. Henry, C. J. 1939. Response of wildlife to management practices on the Lower Souris Migratory Waterfowl Refuge. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:372-377. Hertzman, T. 1986. Restoration of Lake Hornborga - results from development of methods for wetland management. Proc. EWRS/AAB 7th Symp. on Aquatic Weeds. Hess, T.J. Jr. 1975. An evaluation of methods for managing stands of Scirpus olneyi. M.S. Thesis. Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 98 pp. Hesser, E. F., R. W. Lowry, and E. O. Gangstad. 1972. Aquatic plant problems in the Walla Walla District. Hyacinth Control J. 11:9-13. Hestand, R. S., and Carter, C. C. 1978. Comparative effects of grass carp and selected herbicides on macrophyte and phytoplankton communities. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 16:43-54. Hettiarachchi, P. L., and L. Triest. 1986. Isoenzyme polmorphism of Potamegeton pectinatus L. Pp. 163-168 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Ses. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol. Higginson, F. R. 1965. The distribution of submersed aquatic onsiosperms in the Tuggerah Lake system. Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales 90:328-334. Higginson, F. R. 1967. The ecology of submerged aquatic angiosperms in the Tuggerah Lakes System of New South Wales. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ., New South Wales. Hik, D.S. and R.L. Jefferies. 1990. Increases in the net above- ground primary production of a salt-marsh forage grass: A test of the herbivore-optimization model. Journal of Ecology 78: 180-195. Hildebrand, S. F., and L. E. Cable. 1938. Further notes on the development and life history of some teleosts at Beaufort, N.C. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 48 (1940):505-642. Hiltibran, R. C. 1964. Ecological shifts in Illinois farm ponds. Proc. 4th Ann. Aquatic Weed Control Soc. Meeting 7-13 Hill, B. H. 1979. Uptake and release of nutrients by aquatic macrophytes. Aquatic Bot. 7:87-93. Hill, B. J., J. Blaber, and R. E. Blott. 1975. The limology of Lagoa Poelela. Trans. R. Soc. So. Africa 41:263-272. Hindman, L. J., and V. D. Stotts. 1989. Chesapeake Bay and North Carolina sounds. pp. 27-55 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Hinneri, S. 1976. On the ecology and phenotypic plasticity of vascular hydrophytes in a sulphate-rich, acidotrophic freshwater reservoir, SW coast of Finland. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 13:97-10 Ho, Y. B. 1979. Inorganic mineral nutrient level studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. and Enteromorpha prolifera in Forfar Loch, Scotland. Hydrobiologia 62:7-15. Hoag, J. C., and M. E. Sellers. 1994. Use of greenhouse propagated wetland plants versus live transplants to vegetate constructed or created wetlands. p. 43 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr). Hobaugh, W. C. 1984. Habitat use by snow geese wintering in southwest Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:1085-1096. Hobaugh, W. C. 1985. Body condition and nutrition of snow geese wintering in southeastern Texas. J. Wildl. Manage. 49:1028- 1037. Hochbaum, H. A. 1944. The canvasback on a prairie marsh. The American Wildlife Institute, Washington, D.C. 201 pp. Hocutt, G. E., and R. W. Dimmick. 1971. Summer food habits of juvenile wood ducks in East Tennessee. J. Wildl. Manage. 35:286-292. Hodgson, R. H. 1966. Growth and carbohydrate status of sago pondweed. Weeds 14:263-268. Hodgson, R. H., and N. E. Otto. 1963. Pondweed growth and response to herbicides under controlled light and temperature. Weeds 11:232-237. Hoffman, L. 1958. An ecological sketch of the Camargue. Brit. Birds 51:321-350. Hoffpauer, C. M. 1961. Methods of measuring and determining the effects of marsh fires. Proc. 15th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. Hoffpauer, C. M. 1968. Burning for coastal marsh management. pp. 134-139 in J. D. Newsom, ed. Proc. Marsh and Estuary Management Symposium. Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. Hogenbirk, J. C., and R. W. Wein. 1991. Fire and drought experiments in northern wetlands: a climate change analogue. Can. J. Bot. 69:1991-1997. Hogetsu, K., Y. Okanishi, and H. Sugawara. 1960. Studies on the antagonistic relationship between phytoplankton and rooted aquatic plants. Japan J. Limnol. 21:124-130. Hogeweg, P., and A. L. Brenkert. 1969. Affinities between growth forms in aquatic vegetation. Trop. Ecol. 10:164-183. Hogg, E. H., and R. W. Wein. 1987. Growth dynamics of floating typha mats: seasonal translocation and internal deposition of organic material. Oikos 50:197-205. Holmes, N. T. H., and B. A. Whitton. 1977. Macrophyte vegetation of the River Swale Yorkshire. Freshwater Biology. 7:545-558. Holmes, R. W. 1972. The chemistry and biology of an artificial eutrophic salt pond. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 91:80-81. Hooper, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson. 1976. Primary prediction of epiphytic alsae in a marsh pond. Can. J. Bot. 54:2810-2815. Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson. 1978a. Seasonal dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in a marsh pond: Productivity, standing crop, and community composition. Can. J. Bot. 56:2434-2440. Hooper-Reid, N. M., and G. G. C. Robinson. 1978b. Seasonal dynamics of epiphytic algal growth in a marsh pond: Composition, metabolism, and nutrient availability. Can. J. Bot. 56:2441-2448. Hoos, L. M., and G. A. Packman. 1974. The Fraser River estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1974. Environment Canada Spec. Estuary Ser. No. 1. Hoos, L. M., and G. L. Vold. 1975. The Squamish River estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1975. Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 2. Hootsmans, M. J. M. 1991. A growth analysis model for Potamogeton pectinatus L. pp. 263-310 in M. J. M. Hootsmans and J. E. Vermaat eds. Macrophytes, a key to understanding changes caused by eutrophication in shallow freshwater ecosystems. IHE Report Series 21, Delft, The Netherlands. (see card for other articles in book). Hopkinson, C.S., J. G. Gosselink, and R. T. Parrando. 1978. Aboveground production of seven marsh plant species in coastal Louisiana. Ecology 59:760-769. Hothem, R. L., and H. M. Ohlendorf. 1989. Contaminants in foods of aquatic birds at Kesterson Reservoir, California, 1985. Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 18:773-786. Howard-Williams, C. 1978. The growth and reproduction of aquatic macrophytes in a south temperate saline lake. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 20:1153-1158. Howard-Williams, C., and B. R. Davies. 1979. The rates of dry matter and nutrient loss from decomposing. Potamogeton pectinatus in a brackish south-temperate coastal lake. Freshwater Biol. 9:13-21. Howard-Williams, C. 1981. Studies on the availability of a Potamogeton pectinatus community to remove dissolved nitrogen and phosphorus compounds from lake water. J. Appl. Ecol. 18:619-637. Howard-Williams, C., and B. R. Allanson. 1981. Phosphorus cycling in a dense Potamogeton pectinatus L. bed. Oecologia 49:56-66. Howard-Williams, C., and M. R. M. Liptrot. 1980. Submerged macrophyte communities in a brackish South-African estuarine-lake system. Aquat. Bot. 9:101-116. Howard-Williams, C., B. R. Davies, and R. H. M. Cross. 1978. The influence of periphyton on the surface structure of a Potamogeton pectinatus L. leaf (an hypothesis). Aquat. Bot. 5:87-91. Howell, P. T. 1984. Use of salt marshes by meadow voles. Estuaries 7:165-170. Huber, R. F. 1952. Autumn availability of some waterfowl food plants in southern Michigan. M.S. Thesis. Univ. of Michigan, Ann. Arbor. 59 pp. Hudec, K. Density and breeding of birds in the reedswamps of Southern Moravian ponds. Acta Sci. Nat. (Brno) 6, 1-41 (1975). Huebert, D. B., and P. R. Gorham. 1983. Biphasic mineral nutrition of the submerged aquatic macrophyte Potamogeton pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot., 16:269-284. Hughes, R. H. 1957. Response of cane to burning in North Carolina coastal plain. N. C. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 402. 24 pp. Hulbert, S. H., W. Loayza, and T. Moreno. 1986. Fish-flamingo-plankton interactions in the Peruvian Andes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 31:457-468. Hulten, E. 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA. 1008 pp. Hulten, E. 1964. The circumpolar plants. I. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm. 275 pp. Hulten, E. 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif. 1,008 pp. Humm, H. J. 1956. Sea grasses of the northern Gulf Coast, Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Carib., 6:305-308. Hunt, G. S. 1963. Wild celery in the lower Detroit River. Ecol. 4:360-370. Huntsman, A. G. 1922. The Quill Lakes of Saskatchewan and their fishery possibilities. Biol. Board Canada, Contributors to Canada Biology n.s.i: 127-141. Hurther, H. U. 1979. Nahrungsokologie des Blasshuhns Fulica atra an den Uberwinterungagewassern im nordlichen Alpenvorland. Ornithol. Beob. 76:257-288. Husak, S. 1973. Destructive control of stands of Phragmites communis and Typha angustifolia and its effects on shoot production followed for three seasons. pp. 89-91 in: (J. Kvet ed.) Littoral of the Nesyt Fishponds. Ecological Studies. Studdie CS AV 15, Academia. Praha, Czechoslovakia. 172 pp. Husak, S., and S. Hejny. 1978a. General characteristics of the Trebon Basin and Lednice region. pp. 13-22 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Husak, S., and S. Hejny. 1978b. Higher plant communities. pp. 23-64 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Husak, S. 1978. Control of reed and reed mace stands by cutting. pp 404-408 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978). Husband, B. C. 1985. An autoecological study of Ruppia occidentalis S. Wats. in three lakes of different salinities. M.S. Thesis, University of Alberta, Edmonton. 112 p. Husband, B. C., and M. Hickman. 1985. Growth and biomass allocations of Ruppia occidentalis in three lakes differing in salinity. Can. J. Bot. 63:2004-2014. Husband, B. C., and M. Hickman. 1989. The frequency and local abundance of Ruppia occidentalis in relation to sediment texture and lake salinty. Can. J. Bot. 67:2444-2449. Huston, M. 1979. A general hypothesis of species diversity. Am. Nat. 113:81-101. Hutchinson, G. E. 1957. A treatise on limnology. Vol. I. Geography, physics, and chemistry. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 1015 pp. Hutchinson, G. E. 1975. A treatise on limnology. Vol. III: Limnological botany. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 660 pp. Hutchinson, G. E., Picford, G. E., and Schuurman, J. F. M. 1932. A contribution to the hydrobiology of pans and other inland waters of South Africa. Arch. Hydrobiol. 24:1-136. Hutchinson, I. 1986. Primary production functions of wetlands in the Pacific Northwest. pp. 73-91 in R. Strickland ed. Wetland functions, rehabilitation, and creation in the Pacific Northwest. Proceedings of a Conference, 30 April-2 May, 1986. Port Townsend, WA. Washington State Dept. of Ecology, Olympia, WA. 183 pp. Hutchinson, I. 1982. Vegetation-enviroment relations in a brackish marsh, Lulu Island, Richmond, B.C. Can. J. Bot. 60(4):452-462. Hutchinson, I. 1988. The biogeography of the coastal wetlands of the Puget Trough: deltaic form, environment, and marsh community structure. J. Biogr. 15:729-745. Hutchinson, J. 1959. Families of flowering plants. Macmillan, N.Y. 792 pp. Hyer, R. R. 1963. A classification of intertidal habitats in Maine. M.S. thesis, Univ. of Maine, Orono. 120 pp. Hynes, H. B. N. 1970. The Ecology of Running Waters. Univ. Toronto Press. 555 pp. Illinois Department of Conservation. 1981. Aquatic weeds: their identification and methods of control. Fish. Bull. No. 4. 51 pp. Irwin, W. H., and James H. Stevenson. l951. Physiochemical nature of clay turbidity with special reference to clarification and productivity of impounded water. Bull. Okla. Agr. & Mech. Coll. Arts & Sci. Studies, Biol Ser. No. 4, Vol. 48, No. 14. Isely, D. 1944. A study of conditions that effect the germination of Scirpus seeds. Cornell University Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 257:1-27. Iversen, J. 1929. Studien uber die pH-Verhaltnisse danischer Gewasser und ihren Einfluss auf die Hydrophyten-Vegetation. Bot. Tidskr. 40:277-326. Jackson, H. O., and W. G. Starrett. 1959. Turbidity and sedimentation at Lake Chautaqua, Illinois. J. Wildl. Manage. 23:157-168. Jackson, M. L. 1960. Soil chemical analysis. Prentice-Hall, Engelwood Cliffs, New York. 498 pp. Jackson, S. T. 1985. Plant macrofossil stratigraphy of Miller Woods interdunal pond 51, Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore. National Park Service, Porter, IN, 8 pp. Jacobs, S. W. L., and M. A. Brock. 1982. A revision of the genus Ruppia (Potamogetonaceae) in Autralia. Aquat. Bot. 14:325-337. Jacobson, H. A., and G. L. Jacobson, R. 1989. Variability of vegetation in tidal marshes of Maine, U. S. A. Can. J. Bot. 67:230-238. Jagels, R., and A. Barnabas. 1989. Variation in leaf ultrastructure of Ruppia maritima L. along a salinity gradient. Aquat. Bot. 33:207-221. Jagels, R. 1983. Further evidence for osmoregulation in epidermal leaf cells in seagrasses. Am. J. Bot. 70:327-333. Jahn, L. R., and J. B. Moyle. 1964. Plants on parade. Pages 293-304 in J. P. Linduska, ed. Waterfowl Tomorrow. U.S. Dept. of the Int., Washington, D.C. Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1979. Photosynthetic, photorespiratory and respiratory behavior of three submerged aquatic angiosperms. Aquatic Bot. 7:13-19. Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1981. Glycolate metabolism of three submersed aquatic angiosperms: effect of heavy metals. Aquatic Bot. 11:67-77. Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1982a. Glycolate metabolism of three submerged aquatic angiosperms during aging. Aquatic Botany 12:345-354. Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1982b. Ethylene production and senescence in submerged aquatic angiosperms. Aquatic Bot. 13:359-365. Jana, S., and M. A. Choudhuri. 1986. Effects of antioxidants on senescence and Hill activity in three submerged aquatic plants. Aquat. Bot., 27:203-206. Janauer, G. A. 1981. Eutrophication and the related zonation of submerged macrophytee in the Fischa River (lower Austria) Verh Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 120:33-98 (In German & English summaries). Janiya, J. D., and K. Moody. 1984. Use of azolla to suppress weeds in transplanted rice. Trop. Pest Manage. 30:1-6. Jarvis, R. L., and J. H. Noyes. 1986. Foods of canvasbacks and redheads in Nevada: paired males and ducklings. J. Wildl. Manage. 50:199-203. Jarvis, R. L., P. L. Sharp, and K. A. Dzinbol. 1985. Unpubl. Rep. Aquatic vegetation, macroinvertebrates and their relationship to feeding ecology of largemouth bass, canvasback and redhead ducks at Ruby Lake, Nev. Dept. Fish & Wildl., Ore. State Univ., Corvallis. Jaworski, E., C. N. Raphael, P. J. Mansfield, and B. B. Williamson. 1979. Impact of Great Lakes water level fluctuations on coastal wetlands. Project No. B-045-Mich. Inst. Water Research, Michigan State Univ., East Lansing. 351 pp. Jaworski, E., and C. N. Raphael. 1976. Modification of coastal wetlands in southeastern Michigan and management alternatives. Mich. Academician 8:303-317. Jefferies, R. L. 1977. Growth response of coastal halophytes to inorganic nitrogen. J. Ecol. 65:847-865. Jefferies, R. L., and N. Perkins. 1977. The effect on the vegetation of the additions of inorganic nutrients to salt marsh soils at Skiffey, Norfolk. J. Ecol. 65:867-882. Jefferson, C. A. 1974. Plant communities and succession in Oregon coastal salt marshes. Ph.D Thesis. Oregon State University, Corvallis. 192 pp. Jeffries, H. P. 1972. Fatty-acid ecology of a tidal marsh. Limnology and Oceanography 17(3):433-440. Jeglum, J. K. 1971. Plant indicators of pH and water level in peatlands at Candle Lake, Saskatchewan. Can. J. Bot. 49:1661-1676. Jemison, E. S. 1961. A waterfowl food study in Lakes "3" and "14" on Rockefeller Refuge, Grand Chanier, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, LA State Univ., Baton Rouge. 35 pp. Jemison, E. S., and R. H. Chabreck. 1962. The availabilty of waterfowl foods in coastal marsh impoundments in Louisiana. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:288-300. Jenkin, P. M. l936. Reports on the Percy Sladen Expedition to some Rift Valley lakes in Kenya in l929-VII. Survey of the ecological results with special reference to the alkaline lakes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 10, 18:133-181. Jensen, A. 1985. The effect of cattle and sheep grazing on salt marsh vegetation at Skallingen, Denmark. Vegetatio 60:37- 48. Jensen, G. H. 1940. The relation of some physical and chemical factors of the soil to the productivity and dist ribution of certain waterfowl food plants at the Bear River Migratory Waterfowl Refuge. M.S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan. 30 pp. Jepsen, P. U. 1970. Vegetationsaendringer i Hjarbaek Fjord i perioden 1967-1969. Flora og Fauna 76:99-108. Jepson, W. L. 1905. Where ducks dine. Sunset Magazine. February. Jerling, L. 1983. Composition and viability of the seed bank along a successional gradient on a Baltic sea shore meadow. Holarctic Ecol. 6:150-156. Jerling, L., and A. Lindhe. l977. Vegetationens zoning pa mjukbottnar vid Asko, Trosa skargard. Zonation of soft-bottom vegetation at Asko, C Sweden. Svensk Bot.Tidskr. 70:303-307. Jervis, R. A. 1969. Primary production in the freshwater marsh ecosytem of Troy Meadows, New Jersey. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 96:209-231. Jessen, R. L., and J. H. Kuehn. 1960. When carp are eliminated. (Minn.) Cons. Volunteer. 23(134):46-50. Jessen, R., and R. Lound. 1962. An evaluation of a survey technique for submerged aquatic plants. Game Invest. Rep. 6, Minnesota Dept. Cons., St. Paul, Minn. 10 pp. Jewell, W. J. 1971. Aquatic weed decay: dissolved oxygen utilization and nitrogen and phosphorus regeneration. J. Wat. Pollut. Control Fed. 43:1457-1467. Jimbo, T., M. Takamatsu, and H. Kuraishi. 1955. Notes on the aquatic vegetation of Lake Towada. Ecol. Rev. 14:1-9. Joanen, J. T. 1964. A study of the factors that influence the establishment of natural and artificial stands of wigeongrass, Ruppia maritima, on Rockefeller Refuge, Cameron Perish, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 86 pp. Joanen, T., and L. L. Glasgow. 1966. Factors influencing the establishment of wigeongrass stands in Louisiana. Proc. Southeastern Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 19:78-92. Joenje, W. 1985. The significance of waterfowl grazing in the primary vegetation succession on embanked sandflats. Vegetatio 62: 399-406. Johannessen, C. L. 1961a. Some recent changes in the Oregon Coast: Shoreline and vegetation changes in estuaries. pp. 100-138 in R.S.K. Barnes and J. Green, eds. Some recent physical changes of the Oregon coast. University of Oregon, Dept. of Geogr. Rept. of Investigetions. (not seen, cited in Jefferson, 1974). Johannessen, C. L. 1961b. Shoreline and vegetation changes of the estuaries. in S. N. Dicken, ed. Some recent physical changes of the Oregon coast. Dept. of Geogr., University of Oregon, Eugene. Final Rep. for Office of Naval Res. Proj. NR 388-062. 151 pp. Johnson, D. S., and H. H. York. 1915. The relation of plants to tide levels. Carnegie Inst. of Washington Publ. 206. 162 pp. Johnson, F., and H. M. Raup. 1947. Grassy Island. Pap. Peabody Fdn. Archeol. 1:3-68. Johnson, J. R., and K. T. Bird. 1995. The effects of the herbicide atrazine on Ruppia maritima L. growing in autotrophic versus heterotrophic cultures. Botanica Marina 38:307-312. Johnson, M. 1970. Preliminary report on species composition, chemical composition, biomass, and production of marsh vegetation in the upper Patuxent Estuary, Maryland. Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Solomons, Md. Ref. No. 70-130. Johnson, R. B., Jr. 1974. Ecological changes associated with the industrialization of Cedar Bayou and Trinity BAy, Texas. Texas Parks Wildl. Dep. Tech. Ser. No. 16. 79 pp. Johnson, T. 1633. (very much enlarged edition of Gerards, J. 1597 herball or general historie of plants). Adams Filit Joice Norton and R. Whitakers. London. (folio). Johnson, W. C., T. L. Sharik, R. A. Mayes, and E. P. Smith. 1985. Nature and cause of zonation discreteness around glacial prairie marshes. Can. J. Bot. 65:1622-1632. Jones, C., and D. R. Cullimore. 1973. Influence of macronutrients on the relative growth of water plants in the Qu'Appelle Lakes. Environ. Pollut. 4:283-290. Jones, J. C. 1940. Food habits of the American coot with notes on distribution. U.S. Dep. Int. Bur. Biol. Surv. Wildl. Resear. Bull. 2. 52 pp. Jones, T. L. 1975. Species composition, distribution and abundance of macrozooplankton in the intake and discharge areas after construction and operation of the Cedar Bayou Electric Power Station. M.S. Thesis. Texas A & M Univ., College Station. 217 pp. Jones, W. L., and W. C. Lehman. 1987. Phragmites control and revegetation following aerial applications of glyphosate in Delaware. pp. 185-196 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith, eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proceedings of a Symposium on Waterfowl Wetlands Management in Coastal Zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Management Program, Delaware Department of Natural Resources Environmental Control, Dover. Jordan, J. S., and F. C. Bellrose. 1951. Lead poisoning in wild waterfowl. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 26. Jordon, T. E., Whighan, D. F., and Correll, D. L. 1990. Effects of nutrient and litter manipulations on the narrow-leaved cattail, Typa angustifolia L. Aquat. Bot. 36:179-191. Josselyn, M. 1983. The ecology of San Francisco Bay tidal marshes: a community profile. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-83/23. 102 pp. Juday, C., and E. A. Birge. 1933. The transparency, the color and specific conductance of the lake waters of northeastern Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. 28:205-259. Junca, H. A., E. A. Epps, and L. L. Glasgow. 1962. A quantitative study of the nutrient content of food removed from the crops of wild mallards in Louisiana. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. and Nat. Resour. Conf. 27:114-121. Junk, W., Dr., Publishers, Dordrecht. 1986. The species composition, occurrence and temporal stability of submerged aquatic macrophyte patches along the main channel border of Pool 5A, Upper Mississippi River. Printed in the Netherlands. Hydrobiol. 136:77-84. Jupp, B. P., and D. H. N. Spence. 1977b. Limitations of macrophytes in a eutrophic lakes, Loch Leven. II. Wave action, sediments and waterfowl grazing. Journal of Ecology 65:431-446. Jupp, B. P., and D. H. N. Spence. 1977a. Limitations on macrophytes in a eutrophic lake, Loch Leven. I. Effects of phytoplankton. J. Ecol. 65:175-186. Jupp, B. P., D. H. N. Spence, and R. H. Britton. l974. The distribution and production of submersed macrophytes in Loch Leven, Kinross. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. B, 74:195-208. Kadlec, J. A. 1962. Effects of a drawdown on a waterfowl impoundment. Ecology 43:267-281. Kadlec, J. A. 1982. Mechanisms affecting salinity of Great Salt Lake marshes. Am. Midl. Nat. 107:82-94. Kadlec, J. A. 1986. Effects of flooding on dissolved and suspended nutrients in small diked marshes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 43:1999-2008. Kadlec, J., and W. A. Wentz. 1974. State-of-the-art survey and evaluation of marsh plant establishment techniques: induced and natural. Vol. 1. Report of Research. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Contract Rep. D-74-9. 231 pp. Kadlec, J. A., and L. M. Smith. 1984. Marsh plant establishment on newly flooded salt flats. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 12:388-394. Kadlec, J. A., and L. M. Smith. 1989. The Great Basin marshes. pp. 451-474 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. University Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Kadono, Y. 1982. Distribution and habitat of Japanese potamogeton. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 95:63-76. Kalkman, L., and R. J. VanWijk. 1984. On the variation in chromosome number in Potamogeton pectinatus L. Aquatic Bot. 20:343-349. Kaminski, R. H., and H. H. Prince. 1981. Dabbling duck and aquatic macroinvertebrate responses to manipulated wetland habitat. J. Wildl. Manage. 44:1-15. Kaminski, R. M., H. R. Murkin, and C. E. Smith. 1985. Control of cattail and bulrush by cutting and flooding. pp 253-262 in (H. Prince and F. M. D'Itri eds.). Coastal wetlands. Lewis Publ., Chelsa, MI. Kantrud, H. A. 1986. Effects of vegetation manipulation on breeding waterfowl in prairie wetlands...a literature review. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish and Wildl. Tech. Rep. 3. Kantrud, H. A. 1986. Western Stump Lake, a major canvasback staging area in eastern North Dakota. Prairie Nat. 18:247-253. Kantrud, H. A., G. L. Krapu, and G. A. Swanson. 1989. Prairie basin wetlands of the Dakotas: A community profile. U.S. Fish. Wildl. Serv. Biol. Rep. 85)7.28). 116 pp. Kantrud, H. A., A. G. van der Valk, and J. B. Millar. 1988. Vegetation of prairie wetlands. pp. 132-187 in (A. G. van der Valk, ed.) Northern prairie wetlands. Iowa State University Press, Ames. 400 pp. Karagatzides, J. D., and I. Hutchinson. 1991. Intraspecific comparisons of biomass dynamics in Scirpus americanus and Scirpus maritimus on the Fraser River delta. J. Ecol. 79:459-476 Kartesz, J. T., and R. Kartesz. 1980. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and Greenland. Vol. II. The biota of North America. Univ. of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 498 pp. Katanskaya, V. M. 1986. Ash content of macrophytes in lakes of western Siberia. Hydrobiol. J. 22:60-63. Kaul, R. B. 1992. Distribution, habitats, and taxonomy of Ruppia maritima L. and R. occidentalis S. Watson in Nebraska. Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 19:67-74. Kaul, R. B. 1993. Meristic and organogenetic variation in Ruppia occidentalis and R. maritima. Int. J. Plant Sci. 154:416- 424. Kaul, V., and D. P. Zutshi. 1967. A study of aquatic and marshland vegetation of Srinagar. Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India. 33:111-127. Kaul, V. 1977. Limnological survey of Kashmir lakes. Int J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 3: 29-44. Kaul, V., C. L. Trisal, and J. K. Handoo. 1978. Distribution and production of macrophytes in some water bodies of Kashmir. pp. 313-334 in J. S. Sirgh and B. Gopal, eds. Glimpes of Ecology. International Scientific Publications, Jaipur, India. Kaumeyer, K., W. R. Boynton, L. Lubbers, K. Staver, S. Bunker, W. M. Kemp, and J. C. Means. 1981. Metabolism and biomass of submerged macrophyte communities in Northern Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 353-400 in (W. M. Kemp, J. C. Stevenson, W. R. Boynton, J. C. Means, eds.) submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its decline. Horn Point Environ. Lab., Univ. of Maryland, Cambridge (not seen). Kaushik, D. K. 1963. The influence of salinity on the growth and reproduction of marsh plants. Ph.D. Diss. Utah State Univ., Logan. 123 pp. Kautsky, L. 1987. Life-cycles of three populations of Potamogeton pectinatus L. at different degrees of wave exposure in the Asko area, northern Baltic proper. Aquat. Bot. 27:177-186. Keddy, C. J. 1987. Reproduction of annual eelgrass: variation among habitats and comparison with perennial eelgrass (Zostera marina L.). Aquat. Bot. 27:243-256. Keddy, P. A. 1984. Plant zonation on lakeshores in Nova Scotia: a test of the resource specialization hypothesis. J. Ecol. 72:797-807. Keddy, P. A. 1985. Wave disturbance on lakeshores and the within-lake distribution of Ontario's Atlantic coastal plain Flora. Can. J. Bot. 63:656-660. Keefe, C. W. l972. Marsh production: A summary of the literature. Contrib. in Mar. Sci. 16:163-181. Keith, L. B. 1958. Some effects of increasing soil salinity on plant communities. Can. J. Bot. 36:79-89. Keith, L. B. 1961. A study of waterfowl ecology on small impoundments in southeastern Alberta. Wildl. Monogr. 6. Keith, L. B., and R. P. Stanislawski. 1960. Stomach contents and weights of some flightless adult pintails. J. Wildl. Manage. 24:95-96. Kelley, B. J., and R. D. Porcher. 1986. Macrophyte productivity. Chapter 7 in M. R. Devoe and D. S. Baughman eds. South Carolina coastal wetland impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status and use. Vol. 2: Technical synthesis. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium Publ. SC-SG-TR-86-2. Charleston. Kelly, L. M., and A. H. Ehlmann. 1980. Impact of encrusting carbonates on manganese, zinc and copper concentrations of two vascular hydophytes from Texas. Hydrobiologia 71:147-154. Kemp, W. M., W. R. Boynton, J. C. Stevenson, and J. Means. Eds. 1981. submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its decline. Final Grant Report to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Chesapeake Bay Program, Annapolis,MD. Kennedy, K. A. 1982. Plant communities and their standing crops on estuaries of the east coast of Vancouver Island. M. S. Thesis, University of British Columbia. 412 pp. Keough, J. R. 1986. The Mink River-a freshwater estuary. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts Lett. 74:1-11. Kerekes, J., and J. R. Nursall. 1966. Eutrophication and Senescena in a group of prairie-parkland lakes in Alberta, Canada. Verb. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 16:65-73. Kerwin, J. A. 1971. Distribution of the fiddler crab (Uca minax) in relation to marsh plants within a Virginia estuary. Chesapeake Sci. 12:180-183. Kerwin, J. A., R. E. Munro, and W. W. A. Peterson. 1976. Distribution and abundance of aquatic vegetation in the upper Chesapeake Bay, 1971-1974, P. 393-400 in J. Davis, coord. The effects of tropical storm Agnes on the Chesapeake Bay estuarine system. Chesapeake Research Consortium Publ. No. 54, the Johns Hopkins Univ. Press, Baltimore, Md. 639 pp. Kerwin, J. A., and L. G. Webb. 1972. Fods of ducks wintering in coastal South Carolina, 1965-1967. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:223-245. Kerwin, J. A., and R. A. Pedigo. 1971. Synecology of a Virginia salt marsh. Chesapeake Sci. 12:125-130. Keskitalo, J., and Ilus, E. 1987. Aquatic macrophytes outside the Olkiluoto nuclear power station, west coast of Finland. - Ann. Bot. Fennici 24:1-21. Helsinki. ISSN 0003-3847. Khattab, A. F., and Z. El-Charably. 1986. Management of aquatic weeds in irrigation systems with special reference to the problem in Egypth. Pp. 199-206 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquatic. Weeds. Eurpoean Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol. Kibby, H. V., J. L. Gallagher, and W. D. Sanville. 1980. Field guide to evaluate net primary production of wetlands. EPA- 600/8-80-037. U.S. Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, OR. (not seen, cited in Hall and Yesaki 1988). Kikuchi, E., T. Suzuki, S. Takeda, J. H. Kim, K. J. Cho, and Y. Kurihara. 1989. Biological survey on the brackish tidal flats of Sinoeri (Namyang) and the Nagdong river estuary, Korea. Bull. Mar. Biol. Stn. Asamushi, Tohoku Univ. 18:109- 128. Kim, C. S. 1971. An ecological study on the process of plant community formation in tidal land. Korean J. Bot. 14:27-33. Kim, K. U., and S. K. De Datta. 1974. An approach to eradicate Scirpus maritimus in flooded rice. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 1:51-54. Kimble, R. B. 1958. A food habit study of ducks in Cameron Parish, Louisiana following the hurricane of June, 1957. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 70 pp. Kimble, R. B., and A. Ensminger. 1959. Duck food habits in southwestern Louisiana marshes following a hurricane. J. Wildl. Manage. 23:453-455. King, D. R. 1965. The effect of carp on aquatic vegetation at the Erie Marsh, Monroe County, Michigan. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor 126 pp. King, D. R., and G. S. Hunt. 1967. Effect of carp on vegetation in a Lake Erie marsh. J. Wildl. Manage. 31:181-188. Kiorboe, T. 1980. Production of Ruppia cirrhosa in mixed beds in Ringkobing Fjord (Denmark). Aquat. Bot. 9:135-143. Kirby, R.E., S.J. Lewis, and T.N. Sexson. 1988. Fire in North American Wetland Ecosystems and fire-wildlife relations: an annotated bibliography. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Report 88(1),. 146 pp. Klavestad, N. l957. An ecological study of the vegetation in Hunnebunnen, an old oyster poll in south-eastern Norway. Nytt Mag. Botanikk 5:63-100. Klokov, V. M., and L. N. Zimbalevskaya. 1974. Productivity of higher aquatic vegetation and total amount of phytophilous invertebrates in Kiliyskaya Delta of the Danube. J. Hydrobiol. 10:60-62. Klopatek, J. M., and F. W. Stearns. 1978. Primary productivity of emergent macrophytes in a Wisconsin freshwater marsh ecosystem. Am. Midl. Nat. 100:320-332. Kneib, R. T. 1984. Patterns of invertebrate distribution and abundance in the intertidal salt marsh: Causes and questions. Estuaries 7:392-412. Knighton, M. D. 1982. Vegetation dynamics in wildlife water impoundments of North central Minnesota. Ph.D. Diss. Univ. Minn. 196 pp. Knuth, P. 1899. Handbuch der blutenbiologie. II. Leipzig. (not seen, cited in Leerveld et al. 1981). Koch, E. W., and V. Seeliger. 1988. Germination ecology of two Ruppia maritima L. populations in southern Brazil. Aquat. Bot. 31:321-327. Koch, E. W., and M. J. Durako. 1991. In vitro studies of the submerged angiosperm Ruppia maritima: auxin and cytokinin effects on plant growth and development. Mar. Biol. 110:1- 6. Kohler, A., and G. H. Zeltner. 1981. Der Eirfluss von Be- und Entlastung auf die vegetation von Fliessgewassern. Daten und Dokuments zum Umweltschutz Sonderreihe Vmverttagung. Univ. Hohenheim 31, 127-139. (not see, cited in Haslem (1987)). Kohler, A., Vollrath, H., Deisl, E. 1971. The distribution, the phytosociological composition and the ecology of the vascular macrophytes in the Moosach River system near Munich. Arch. Hydrobiol. 69:333-365 Kohlmeyer, J. and E. Kohlmeyer. 1979. Marine mycology. The higher fungi. Academic Press, New York. Kollar, S. A., Jr. 1985. SAV reestablishment results - upper Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 759-777 in Coastal Zone '85: Proc. 4th Symp. on Coastal and Ocean Manage. Am. Soc. Civil Eng. Kollman, A. L. 1974. Ecology of sago pondweed (Pontamogeton pectinatus L.) communities. M.S. Thesis, Univ. North Dakota, Grand Forks. 104 pp. Kollman, A. L., and M. K. Wali. 1976. Intraseasonal variations in environmental and productivity relations of Potamogeton pectinatus communities. Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 50:439-472. Komarkova, J., and S. Pribil. 1973. Chemical and physical properties of pelagial and littoral water in Opatovicky fishpond. pp. 15-27 in S. Hejny, ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP. Report No. 3. Trebon. Komarkova, J., and P. Marvan. 1978. Primary production and functioning of algae in the fishpond littoral. pp. 321-334 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Konis, E. 1947. On germination inhibitors. VI. The inhibiting action of leaf saps on germination and growth. Pal. Jour. Bot. Jerus. Ser. IV. Korelyakova, I. L. 1971. Distribution and productivity of the communities of Phragmites communis Trin. in Dnieper reservoirs. Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:149-154. Korinkova, J. 1971. Quantitative relations between submerged macrophytes and populations of invertebrates in a carp pond. Hidrobiologia (Burchar.) 12:377-382. Kornas, J., E. Pancer, and B. Brvzinski. 1960. Studies of sea-bottom vegetation in the Bay of Gdansk off Rewa. Fragm. Flor. Geobot. 6:1-91. Korschgen, C. E., L. S. George, and W. L. Green. 1988. Feeding ecology of canvasbacks staging on Pool 7 of the Upper Mississippi River. Pp. 237-249 in M. W. Weller, ed., Waterfowl in winter. Univ. of Minn. press, Minneapolis. 624 pp. Kortright, F. H. 1953. The ducks, geese and swans of North America. Stackpole Co. and Wildlife Management Institute. 476 pp. Kowalczewski, A. 1975. Periphtton primary production in the zone of submerged vegetation of Mikolajskie Lake. Ekol. Pol. 23:509-543. Kowalczewski, A., and T. Ozimek. 1993. Further long-term changes in the submerged macrophyte vegetation of the eutrophic Lake Mikolajskie (North Poland). Aquatic Botany 46:341-345. Koyama, T. 1958. Taxonomic study of the genus Scirpus Linne. J. Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo. Section III Botany 7:271-366. Koyama, T. 1962. The genus Scirpus Linn. Some North American aphylloid species. Can. J. Bot. 40:913-937. Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch. 1980. Vegetation of the Rozkos Reservoir near Ceska Skalice (East Bohemia) I. The vegetation development during the first five years after its filling. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 15:321-362. Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch. 1984. Vegetation of the Rozkos Reservoir near Ceska Skalice II. The formation and differentiation of communities of flooded soils (Agropyro- umicion crispi). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 19:227-255. Krahulec, F., J. Leps, and O. Rauch. 1987. Vegetation succession on a new lowland reservoir. Arch. Hydrobiol. Beih. 27:83-93. Kramer, G. W. 1976. Winter ecology of black brant at San Quintin Bay, Baja California, Mexico. M. S. Thesis, Humboldt State Univ., Arcata, Calif. 79 pp. Kramer, G. W., and N. H. Euliss. 1986. Winter foods of black- bellied whistling ducks in northwestern Mexico. J. Wildl. Manage. 50:413-416. Krapu, G. L., and H. F. Duebbert. 1974. A biological survey of Kraft Slough. Prairie Nat. 6:33-55. Krattinger, K. 1975. Genetic mobility in Typha. Aquat. Bot., 1:57-70. Krattinger, K. 1983. Estimation of size and number of individual plants within populations of Typha latifolia L. using isoelectro focusing (IEF). Aquat. Bot. 15:241-247. Krausch, H. D. l976. Die Makrophyten der mittleren Saale und ihre Biomasse. Limnologica (Berlin) 10:57-72. Krecker, F. H. 1939. A comparative study of the animal populations of certain submerged aquatic plants. Ecol. 20:553-562. Krisch, H. 1985. Biomasseproduction und edaphische verhaltnesse von Bolboschoenus maritimus-bestanden des Greifswalder Boddens. Limnologica (Berlin) 16:277-295. Krisch, H. 1986. Die jahreszeitliche ertwicklung zweier Bolboschoenus-bestande am Greifswalder Bodden. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 21:263-276. Kruger, L., and G. O. Kirst. 1991. Field studies on the ecology of Bolboschoenus maritimus (L.) Palla (Scirpus maritimus L. s.l.). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 26:277-286. Krull, J. N. 1970. Aquatic plant-macroinvertebrate associations and waterfowl. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:707-717. Krushi, B. O., and R. W. Wein. 1988. Experimental studies on the resiliency of floating Typha mats in a freshwater marsh. J. Ecol. 76:60. Kubichek, W. F. 1933. Report on the foods of five of our most important game ducks. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 8:107-126. Kuflikowski, T. 1977. Macrophytes of the dam reservoir at Goezalkowice. Acta. Hydrobiol. 19:145-155. Kulberg, R. K. 1974. Distribution of aquatic macrophytes related to paper mill effluents in a southern Michigan stream. Am. Midl. Nat. 91:271-281. Kulshreshtha, M., and B. Gopal. 1981. Observations on nutrient removal by freshwater macrophytes under different habitat conditions. Int. rev. ges. Hydrobiol. Kulshreshtha, M., and B. Gopal. 1980. Primary production, decomposition, and nutrient dynamics of some submerged macrophytes. Int. Wetland Conf., New Delhi, India, 10-17 Sept. 1980. (Abstr.) (not seen, cited in Purohit (1981)). Kunii, H. 1991. Aquatic macrophyte composition in relation to environmental factors of irrigation ponds around Lake Shinji, Shimane, Japan. Vegetatio 97:137-148. Kurimo, U. 1970. Effect of pollution on the aquatic macroflora of the Varkus area, Finnish Lake District. Ann Bot. Fenn. 7:213-254. Kvet, J., and K. Hudec. 1971. Effects of grazing by grey-lag geese on reedswamp plant communities. Hidrobiologia 12:351- 359. Kvet, J., and J. P. Ondok. 1973. Zonation of higher-plant shoot biomass in the littoral of the Opatovicky fishpond. pp. 87- 91 in S. Hejny ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3. Kvet, J., and S. Husak. 1978. Primary data on biomass and production estimates in typical stands of fishpond littoral plant communities. pp. 211-216 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Kvet, J. 1978. Growth analysis of fishpond littoral communities. pp. 198-206 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Lachavanne, J. B. 1979. Les macrophytes du lac de Bienne. Scheiz. Z. Hydrol. 41:356-373. (English Summary) Laing, H. E. 1940. Respiration of the leaves of Nuphar advenum and Typha latifolia. Am. J. Bot. 27:583-586. Lamoureux, J. P., and R. Zarnovican. 1974. The vegetation in Tintamarre Marsh. Can Wildl. Serv. Rep., Valley Field, Quebec. 64 pp. (unpubl.) (not seen, cited in Whitman 1976). Landers, J. L., A. S. Johnson, P. H. Morgan, and W. P. Baldwin. 1976. Duck foods in managed tidal impoundments in South Carolina. J. Wildl. Manage. 40:721-728. Langbein, W. B. 1961. Salinity and hydrology of closed lakes. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 412. 20 pp. Langeland, K. 1981. Bulrush-Scirpus spp. Aquatics 3:4-15. Lapirov, A. G., and L. V. Petukhova. 1985. The rhythm of development of fennel-leaved pondweed in the Uglitch reservoir. Biol. vnutr. vod., Inform. Bull. 66:10-13 (in Russian) (not seen, cited by Prejs (1987)). Larrick, W. D. Jr., and R. H. Chabreck. 1978. Effects of weirs on aquatic vegetation along the Louisiana Coast. Proc. Ann. Conf. SE Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 30:581-589. Larson, G. E., and J. H. Martin. 1972. Distribution of the members of the genus Ruppia in the state of Nebraska. Proc. Nebr. Acad. Sci. 82:60. Latham, P. J., L. G. Pearlstine, and W. M. Kitchens. 1994. Species association changes across a gradient of freshwater, oligohaline, and mesohaline tidal marshes along the lower Savannah River. Wetlands 14:174-183. Lathwell, D. J., H. F. Mulligan, and D. R. Bouldin. 1969. Chemical properties, physical properties, and plant growth in 20 artificial wildlife marshes. New York Fish and Game Journal 16:158-183. Laurie, E. M. O. 1946. The coypu (Myocastor coypus) in Great Britian. J. Anim. Ecol. 15:22-34. Lawrence, J. M. 1962. Aquatic herbicide data. U.S. Dept. Agric. Agriculture Handbook 231. 133 pp. Lay, D. W., and T. O'Neil. 1942. Muskrats on the Texas coast. J. Wildl. Manage. 6:301-311. Lebret, T. 1965. The prospects for wild geese in the Netherlands. Annu. Rep. Wildfowl Trust 16:85-91. Lee, C. R., T. C. Sturgis, and M. C. Landin. 1976. A hydroponic study of heavy metal uptake by selected marsh plant species. U. S. Army Engineer Waterways Exp. Sta., Tech. Rep. D-76-5. Lenka, M., K. K. Panda, and B. B. Panda. 1992. Monitoring and assessment of mercury pollution in the vicinity of a chloralkali plant IV. Bioconcentration of mercury in in situ aquatic and terrestrial plants at Ganjam, India. Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 22:195-202. Les, D. H., and D. J. Sheridan. 1990. Biochemical heterophylly and flavoroid evolution in North American Potamogeton (Potamogetonaceae). Am. J. Bot. 77:453-465. Leslie, A. J., Nall, L. E., and Van Dyke, J. M. 1983. Effects of vegetation control by grass carp on selected water quality variables in four Florida lakes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 112:777-787. Leah, R. T., B. Moss, and D. E. Forrest. l978. Experiments with large enclosures in fertile, shallow brackish lake, Hickling Broad, Norfolk, United Kingdom. Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologic, 63, 291-310. Lebret, T. 1965. The prospects for wild geese in the Netherlands. Ann. Rept. Wildfowl Trust 16:85-91. Leck, M. A., and K. J. Graveline. 1979. The seed bank of a freshwater tidal marsh. Am. J. Bot. 66:1006-1015. Leerveld, H. 1984. Anthecological relations between reputedly anemophilous flowers and syrphid flies. VI. Aspects of the anthecology of Cyperaceae and Sparganium erectum L. Acta Bot. Neerl. 33:475-482. Leerveld, H, A. D. J. Meeuse, and P. Stelleman. 1981. Anthecological relations between reputedly anemophilous flowers and syrphid flies. IV. A note on the anthecology of Scirpus maritimus L. Acta. Bot. Neerl. 30:465-473. Lein, T. E., J. Rueness, and O. Wiik. 1974. Algologiske observationer i Iddefjorden og singlefjorden. Blyttia 32:155-168. LeMay, M., and G. Mulamoottil. 1980. A limnologica survey of eight waterfront marshes. Urban Ecology 5:55-67. Levitt, J. 1980. Response of plants to environmental stresses. Vol. 2. Water, radiation, salt and other stresses. Academic Press, New York. (not seen, cited in Kruger and Kirst 1991). Lewis, R. R. III. 1990. Creation and restoration of coastal plain wetlands in Florida. pp 73-123 in J.A. Kusler and M. E. Kentula eds. Wetland creation and restoration. The status of the science. Inland Press, Washington, D.C. 594 pp. Lewis, W. N., and C. Peters. 1955. Physico-chemical characteristics of ponds in the Pyatt, DeSoto, Elkville strip mined areas of southern Illinois. Transactions of American Fisheries Society 84:117-124. Lieffers, V. J. 1981. Environment and ecology of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus in saline wetlands of the Canadian prairies. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 167 pp. Lieffers, V. J. 1983. Growth of Typha latifolia in boreal forest habitats, as measured by double sampling. Aquat. Bot. 15:335-348. Lieffers, V. J. 1984. Emergent plant communities of oxbow lakes in northeastern Alberta: Salinity, water level fluctuation, and succession. Canadian Journal of Botany 62:310-316. Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1982b. Distribution and variation in growth of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus on the Canadian prairies. Canadian Journal of Botany 60:1938-1949. Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1982a. Seasonal growth and standing crop of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus in Saskatchewan. Canadian Journal of Botany. 60:117-125. Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1983. Ephemeral saline lakes on the Canadian prairies: Their classification and management for emergent macrophyte growth. Hydrobiologia 105:85-94. Lieffers, V. J., and J. M. Shay. 1981. The effects of water levels on the growth and reproduction of Scirpus maritimus var. paludosus. Can. J. Bot. 59:118-121. Lind, C. T., and G. Cottam. 1969. The submerged aquatics of University Bay: a study of eutrophication. Am. Midl. Nat. 81:353-369. Lind, O. T. 1979. Handbook of common methods in limnology, 2nd ed. The C.V. Mosby Co., St. Louis. 199 pp. Linde, A. F. 1965. Experimental wetland habitat management: Phase I- Observations concerning the 1962 and 1963 draw-down effects on Horicon Marsh. Wisconsin Conserv. Dept. Wetland Game and Range Job. No.III-B. 4 pp.(mimeo). Linde, A. F. 1969. Techniques for wetland management. Wisconsin Dept. Nat. Resear. Rpt. 45. 156 pp. Linde, A., T. Janisch, and D. Smith. 1976. Cattail: the significance of its growth, phenelogy and carbohydrate storage to its control and management. Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour. Tech. Bull. No. 94. 27 pp. Lindner, A. 1978. Soziologisch-okologische Untersuchungen an der submersen Vegetation in der Boddenkette sudlich des Darss und des Zingst (sudliche Ostsee). Limnologica (Berlin) 11:229-305 Lindstrom, H. V., and W. M. Sandstrom. 1938. III. The nature of carbohydrates of species of Elodea, Myriophyllum, Ceratophyllum, Ruppia and Ranunculus. Nutritive value and chemical composition of certain fresh-water plants of Minnesota. Minnesota Agr. Expt. Station Tech. Bull. 136:43-47. Linn, J. G., E. J. Staba, R. D. Goodrich, and J. C. Meiske. 1972. Composition and digestibility of aquatic plants. J. Anim. Sci. 35:1114. Linn, J. G., R. D. Goodrich, D. E. Otterby, J. C. Meiske, and E. J. Staba. 1975. Nutritive value of dried or ensiled aquatic plants. II. Disgestibility by sheep. J. Anim. Sci. 41:610-615. Linnaeus, C. 1937. Generum plantarum.. Conradum Wishoff, Lugduni Batavorum [Leiden]. 380 pp. Linnaeus, C. 1953. Species plantarum.. Laurentii Salvii, Holmiae [Stockholm]. 2 vols. 1200 pp. Linscombe, G., N. Kinler, and V. Wright. 1981. Nutrla population density and vegetative changes in brackish marsh in coastal Louisiana in Chapman, J.A. and A. Purseley (eds) Worldwide Furbearer Conference Proceedings 1: 129-171. Linthurst, R. A., and E. D. Seneca. 1980. Dieback of salt-water cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora Loisel.) in the lower Cape Fear Estuary of North Carolina: An experimental approach to reestablishment. Environ. Cons. 7:59-66. Lipkin, Y. 1977. Seagrass vegetation of Sinai and Israel. Pp 263-293 in (C. P. McRoy and C. Helfferich eds.). Seagrass ecosystems: a scientific perspective. Marcel Dekker Inc., New York. 314 pp. Liston, C. R., W. G. Duffy, D. E. Ashton, T. Batterson, and C. D. McNebb. 1981. Supplementary environmental baseline studies and evaluation of the St. Marys River during 1980. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS 80/62.1. 167 pp. Lodge, D. M. 1991. Herbivory on freshwater macrophytes. Aquat. Bot. 41:195-224. Loesch, C. R., R. K. Williams, and D. H. Gordon. 1989. Dabbling duck response to a late-winter variation in saltmarsh bulrush management. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 43:412-420. Logan, T. H. 1975. Characteristics of small impoundments in western Oklahoma, their value as waterfowl habitat and potential for management. M.S. Thesis. Oklahoma State Univ., Stillwater. 77 pp. Lohammar G. 1938. Wasserchemie und hohere Vegetation schwedischer Seen. Symb. Bot. Upsal 3:1-252. Lohammar, G. 1965. The vegetation of Swedish lakes. Acta Pytogeogr. Suec. 50:28-47. Looman, J. 1981. The vegetation of Canadian Prairie Provinces. III. Aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation. Phytocoenologia 9:473-497. Looman, J. 1981. The vegetation of Canadian Prairie Provinces. III. Aquatic and semi-aquatic vegetation. Pt. 2: Freshwater marshes and bogs. Phytocoenologia 10:401-423. Loosjes, M. 1974. Over terreingebruick, verstoringen en voedsel van grauwe ganzen (Anser anser) in een brak getijdengebied. Limosa 47:121-143. (not seen, cited in Reed, 1989). Looyen, R. C. 1984. Grazing pressure and vegetation dynamics at the Oosterkwelder salt marsh on Schiermonnikoog. Acta Bot. Neerl. 33:360-361. Love, A., and D. Love. 1954. Vegetation of a prairie marsh. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 81:16-34. Low, J. B., and F. C. Bellrose Jr. 1944. The seed and vegetative yield of waterfowl food plants in the Illinois River Valley. J. Wildl. Manage. 8:7-22. Lubchenco, J. 1978. Plant species diversity in a marine intertidal community: importance of herbivore food preference and algal competitive abilities. American Naturalist 112:23-39. Lukatelich, R. J., N. J. Schofield, and A. J. McComb. 1987. Nutrient loading and macrophyte growth in Wilson Inlet, a bar-built southwestern Australian estuary. Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science 24:141-165. Lumsden, R. D., D. E. Ellis, and J. L. Sincock. 1963. A survey of fungi associated with lesioned and chlorotic sago pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus). Plant Disease Reporter 47:689-693. Lundegardh-Ericson, C. l972. Changes during four years in the aquatic macro-vegetation in a flad in N. Stockholm archipelago. Svensk. bot. Tidskr. 66:207-225. Lundh, A. 1951. Studies on the vegetation and hydrochemisty of Scanian lakes. I. Higher aquatic vegetation. Bot. Notiser, 2(3) (suppl.) 1-141. Lutz, R. W. 1960. The Utilization and Production of Waterfowl Foods at the Erie Marsh, Monroe County, Michigan. University of Michigan, M.S. Thesis. 120 pp. Lye, K. A. 1971. Moderne oppfatning av slekta Scirpus L. Blyttia 29:141-147. Lynch, J. J. 1941. The place of burning in management of the Gulf Coast refuges. J. Wildl. Manage. 5:454-458. Lynch, J. J., T. O'Neil, and D. W. Lay. 1947. Management significance of damage by geese and muskrats to Gulf Coast marshes. J. Wildl. Manage. 11:50-76. Mabbott, D. C. 1920. Food habits of seven species of American shoal-water ducks. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 862. 67 pp. Maberly, S. C., and D. H. N. Spence. 1983. Photosynthetic inorganic carbon use by freshwater plants. J. Ecol. 71:705-724. Macdonald, K. B. 1977. Plant and animal communities of Pacific North American salt marshes. Pp. 167-191 in V. J. Chapman, ed. Ecosystems of the world 1. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, New York. 428 pp. Mace, S. E., P. Sorge, and T. Lowry. 1984. Impacts of Phosphorus on Streams. Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour., Bur. Water Resour. Manage., Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Apr. 1984. 92 pp. Macfe, S. M., and A. A. Crowder. 1987. Soil factors influencing ferric hydroxide plaque formation on roots of Typha latifolia I. Plant and Soil 102(2) pp. 177-184. Madsen, J. D., M. S. Adams, and P. Ruffier. 1988. Harvest as a control for sage pondweed (Potamogeton pectiratus L.) in Badfish Creek, Wisconsin: frequency, efficiency and its impact on stream community oxygen metabolism. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 26:20-25. Madsen, J. D. 1986. The production and physiological ecology of the submerged aquatic macrophyte community in Badfish Creek, Wisconsin. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Wisc., Madison. 449 pp. Madsen, J. D., and M. S. Adams. 1985. The aquatic macrophyte communities of two streams, Black Earth and Lawrence Creeks, were examined using the line intercept method from May-August, 1981. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett 73:198-216. Madsen, J. D., and Adams, M. S. 1987. The germination of Potamogeton pectinatus tubers: environmental control by temperature and light. Can. J. Bot. 66:2523-2526. Madsen, J. D., and Adams, M. S. 1989. The light and temperature dependence of photosynthesis and respiration in Potamogen pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot. 36:23-31. Mahaffy, L. A. 1987. Effects of open marsh water management on submerged aquatic vegetation utilized by waterfowl in Delware. pp. 323-332 in Malhotra, S. P. 1976. Remedy for aquatic weeds in Bhakra canals. pp 253-254 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Mall, R. E. 1969. Soil-water-salt relationships of waterfowl food plants in the Suisun marsh of California. California Dep. Fish Game Wildl. Bull. No. 1. Mallik, A. U. 1989. Small-scale succession towards fen on floating mat of a Typha marsh in Atlantic Canada. Can. J. Bot. 67:1309-1316. Mallik, A. U., and R. W. Wein. 1986. Response of a Typha marsh community to draining, flooding and seasonal burning. Can. J. Bot. 64:2136-2143. Mandossian, A., and R. P. McIntosh. 1960. Vegetation zonation on the shore of a small lake. Am. Midl. Nat. 64:301-308. Mann, K. H. 1972. Macrophyte production and detritus food chains in coastal waters. Pages 353-383 in U. Melchiorri-Santolini and J. W. Hopton (eds.). Detritus and its role in aquatic ecosystems. Memorie Dell 'Instituto Italiano Di Idrobiologia. Vol. 29 Supp. 540 pp. Marchyulenene, D. P., R. F. Dushauskene-Duzh, E. B. Moteyunene, V. B. Nyanishkene, G. G. Polikarpov, and L. N. Vorob'ev. 1978. Accumulation of 210 Pb in freshwater plants: Hydrobiol. J. v. 14, #6, p. 73-77. Marquis, L. Y., R. D. Comes, and C. P. Young. 1981. Absorption and translocation of fluridone and glyphosate in submersed vascular plants. Weed Sci. 29:229-236. Martin, A. C., H. S. Zim, and A. L. Nelson. 1951. American wildlife and plants. McGraw-Hill, New York. 500 pp. Dover, New York. 400 pp. Martin, P. S. 1963. Geochronology of Plurial Lake Cochise, southern Arizona II. Pollen analysis of a 42 meter core. Ecol. 44:436-444. Martin, A. C., Erickson, R. C., and Steenis, J. H. 1957. Improving duck marshes by weed control. U.S.D.I., U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Cir. 19. Martin, A. C. 1951. Identifying pondweed seeds eaten by ducks. J. Wildl. Manage. 15:253-258. Martin, A. C., and F. M. Uhler. 1939. Food of game ducks in the United States and Canada. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 634. 308 pp. Martini, I. P., R. Protz, D. Grinham, W. A. King, and K. E. Clarke. 1979. Studies of coastal sediments, soils, and biota. James Bay, Ontario, Canada. Dept. Land Resour. Sci., University of Guelph, Ont. Tech. Memo 79-1. 290 pp. Marvan, P., and J. Komarek. 1978. Algal populations related to different macrophyte communities. pp 65-70 in (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.). Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Marvan, P., J. Komarek, H. Ettl, and J. Komarkova. 1978. Dynamics of algal communities. pp. 314-320 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosytems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. N.Y. 464 pp. Mason, C. F., and R. J. Bryant. 1975. Production, nutrient content, and decomposition of Phragmites communis Trin. and Typha angustifolia L. J. Ecol. 63:71-96. Mason, C. F., and R. J. Bryant. 1975. Changes in the ecology of the Norfolk Broads. Freshwater Biol. 5:257-270. Mason, H. L. 1969. A flora of the marshes of California. Univ. California Press, Berkeley. 878 pp. Mason, R. 1967. The species of Ruppia in New Zealand. N.Z.J. Bot. 5:519-531 Massart, J. 1922. La biologie des inondations de l'yser et al. flore des ruines de Nieuport. (not seen, reviewed by Tansley, A. G. 1922. J. Ecol. 10:237-239) Mateu, A. I. 1991. Leaf anatomy of plants from coastal Mediterranean salt-marshes. Monocotyledons. Candollea 46:345-358. Mathiak, H. A. 1971. Observations on changes in the status of cattails at Horicon Marsh, Wisconsin. Wisc. Dep. Nat. Resour. Res. Rep. 66. Mathiesen, H., and J. Nielsen. 1956. Botaniske undersogelser i Randers Fjord og Grund Fjord. Bot. Tidsskr. 53:1-34. (English Summary). Mayer, F. L. Jr., and J. B. Low. 1970. The effect of salinity on widgeongrass. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:658-661. Mayer, F. L., Jr. 1967. The effect of salinity on growth and reproduction of Ruppia maritima L. M.S. Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan. Mayer, F. L. S., Jr. 1969. Influence of salinity on fruit size in Ruppia maritima L. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci. 46:(Pt.2):140-143. McAtee, W. L. 1910. Notes on Chen caerulescens, Chen rossi and other waterfowl in Louisiana. Auk 27:337-339. McAtee, W. L. 1911. Three important wild-duck foods. U.S. Bur. Biol. Surv. Circ. 81. 19 pp. McAtee, W. L. 1917. Propagation of wild-duck foods. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 465. 40 pp. McAtee, W. L. 1918. Food habits of the mallard ducks of the United States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 720. 36 pp. McAtee, W. L. 1920. Wild-duck foods of the sandhill region of Nebraska. pp. 37-75 in U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 794. McAtee, W. L. 1922. Notes on the Food Habits of the Shoveler or Spoonbill Duck (Spatula clypeata). The Auk. 380-386. McAtee, W. L. 1925. Notes on drift, vegetable balls, and aquatic insects as a food product of inland waters. Ecol. 6:288-302. McAtee, W. L. 1935. Wildlife of the Atlantic Coast salt marshes. U.S. Dept. Agric. Wildl. Resear. Manage. Leafl. BS-17. 22 pp. McAtee, W. L. 1939. Wildfowl food plants. Their value propagation and management. Collegiate Press, Ames, Iowa. 141 pp. McCabe, T. R., and M. L. Wolfe. 1988. Effects of simulated muskrat grazing on emergent vegetation. Pp. 147-158 in D.A. Wilcox, ed. Interdiciplinary approaches to freshwater wetlands research. Michigan State University Press, East Lansing. 101 pp. McCann, C. 1945. Notes on the genus Ruppia (Ruppiaceae). J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 45:396-402. McCarraher, D. B. 1962. Northern pike, Esox lucius in alkaline lakes of Nebraska. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 91:326-329. McCarraher, D. B. 1972. The small playa lakes of Nebraska: Their ecology, fisheries, and biological potential. pp 15-23 in: Playa Lakes Symp. Trans., Int. Center for Arid and Semi-arid Land Studies, Texas Tech. Univ., Lubbock. McCarraher, D. B. 1972. A preliminary bibliography and lake index of the inland mineral waters of the world. FAO Fisheries Circ. 146, Rome. McCarraher, D. B. 1977. Nebraska's sandhills lakes. Nebr. Game and Parks Comm. 67 pp. McCarraher, D. B., O. E. Orr, C. P. Agee, G. R. Foster, and O. M. Stern. 1961. Sandhills lake survey. Nebr. Game For. and Parks Comm. Job. No. 2. 83 pp. McCombie, A.M. and I. Wile. 1971. Ecology of aquatic vascular plants in southern Ontario impoundments. Weed Sci. 19:225-228. McCormick, J. 1970. The natural features of Tinicum Marsh, with particular emphasis on the vegetation. Pp 1-104 in two studies of Tinicum Marsh. The Conservation Foundation. 123 pp. McCormick, J., and T. Ashbaugh. 1972. Vegetation of a section of Oldmans Creek tidal marsh and related areas in Salem and Gloucester Counties, New Jersey. Bull. N.J. Academy of Science. 17:31-37. McCrimmon, H. R. 1968. Carp in Canada. Bul. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 165. 93 pp. McDonald, M. E. 1955. Cause and effects of a die-off of emergent vegetation. J. Wildl. Manage. 19:24-35. McDonald, M. E. 1951. The ecology of the Point Mouillee Morch, Michigan, with special reference to the biology of cattail (Typha). Ph.D. Diss., Univ. of Michigan, Ann. Arbor. 243 pp. McFarland, L. Z., George, H., and Mekinnie, H. 1963. Grain preference of captive waterfowl. Calf. Fish and Game 49:207-209. McGahee, C. F., and G. J. Davis. 1971. Photosynthesis and respiration in Myriophyllum spicatum L. as related to salinity. Limnol. Oceanogr. 16:826-829. McIlhenny, E. A. 1932. The blue goose in its winter home. Auk 49:279-306. McKay, E. M. 1934. Salt tolerance of Ruppia maritima L. in lakes of high magnesium sulfate content. Ph.D. Diss., State College of Washington, Pullman. 41 pp. McLaughlin, W. T. 1932. Atlantic coastal plain plants in the sand barrens of northwestern Wisconsin. Ecol. Monogr. 2:335-383. McLeod, J. A. 1949. Some aspects of muskrat management in Manitoba. Proc. Int. Assoc. Game Fish Conserv. Comm., Winnipeg, Manitoba. McMahan, C. A. 1970. Food habitas of ducks wintering on Laguna Madre, Texas. J. Wildl. Mange. 34:946-949. McMaha, C. A. 1969. The food habitas of ducks wintering on Laguna Madre, Texas. M.S. thesis, New Mexico State Univ., Las Cruces. 37 pp. McMillan, C. 1959. Salt tolerance within a Typha population. Am. J. Bot. 46:521-526. McMillan, C. 1974. Salt tolerance of mangroves and submerged aquatic plants, pp. 379-390. in R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen (eds.), Ecology of halophytes. Academic Press, New York. 605 pp. McMillan, C. 1985. The seed reserve for Halodule wrightii, Syringodium filiforme and Ruppia maritima in Laguna Madre, Texas. Contrib. Mar. Sci. 28:141-149. McMillan, C., and F. N. Moseley. 1967. Salinity tolerances of five marine spermatophytes of Redfish Bay, Texas. Ecol. 48:503-506. McNabb, C. D., Jr. 1976. The petertial of submerged vascular plants for reclamation of wastewater in temperate zone ponds. Pp. 123-132 in (see Seidel). McNabb, C. D. Jr., and D. P. Tierney. 1972. Growth and mineral accumulation of submersed vascular hydrophytes in pleioeutrophic environs. Michigan State Univ., East Lansing Inst. Water Research. Tech Rep. 24. 31 pp. McNaughton, S. J. 1975. R selection and K selection in Typha. Am. Nat. 109: 251-262. McNaughton, S. J. 1966. Ecotype function in the Typha community-type. Ecol. Monog. 36:297-325. McNaughton, S. J. 1968. Autotoxic feedback in relation to germination and seedling growth in typha latifolia. Ecol. 49:367-369. McNaughton, S. J., R. S. Campbell, R. A. Freyer, J. E. Mylroie, and K. D. Rodland. 1974. Photosynthetic properties and root chilling responses of altitudinal ecotypes of Typha latifolia L. Ecol. 55: 168-172. McNaughton, S. J. 1986. On plants and herbivores. Am. Nat. 128:765-770. McNease, L. L. and L. L. Glasgow. 1970. Experimental treatments for the control of wiregrass and saltmarsh grass in a brackish marsh. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 24:127-145. McNulty, J. K., W. N. Lindall, Jr., and J. E. Sykes. 1972. Cooperative Gulf of Mexico estuarine inventory and study, Florida: Phase I, Area description. NOAA Tech. Rep., Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv. Circ. 368. 126 pp (not seen) McRoy, C.P., and C. McMillan. 1977. Production ecology and physiology of seagrasses. Pp 53-87 in (C. P. McRoy and C. Helfferich eds) seagrass ecosystems, a scientific perspective. Dekker, New York (not seen). Meeks, R. L. 1968. The effect of drawdown date on wetland plant succession. J. Wildl. Manage. 33:817-821. Mehta, I., R. K. Sharma, and A. P. Tuank. 1976. The aquatic weed problem in the Chambal irrigated area and its control by grass carp. pp. 307-314 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Mehta, I., and R. K. Sharma. 1976. Effect of weeds on the flow capacity of Chambal irrigation system in Kota, Rajasthan. pp. 85-90 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. (396 pp). Meiorin, E. C. 1989. Urban runoff treatment in a fresh/brackish water marsh in Fremont, California. pp. 677-685 in D. A. Hammer ed. Constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment. Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan. 831 pp. Mendall, H. L. 1949. Food habits in relation to black duck management in Maine. J. Wildl. Manage. 13:64-101. Mendelssohn, I.A. and K.L. McKee. 1987. Experimental field and greenhouse verification of the influence of saltwater intrusion and submergence on marsh deterioration: mechanisms of action. In: Turner, R.E. and D.R. Cahoon (eds.), Causes of Wetland Loss in the Co~stal Central Gulf of Mexico. Volume II: Technical Narrative. OCS Study/MMS 87-0120. Menendez, M., E. Fores, and F. A. Comin. 1989. Ruppia cirrhosa - Decomposition in a coastal temperate lagoon as affected by macroinvertebrates. Arch. Hydrobiol. 117:39-48. Menendez, M., and J. Penuelas. 1993. Seasonal photosynthetic and respiratory responses of Ruppia cirrhosa (Petagna) Grande to changes in light and temperature. Arch. Hydrobiol. 129:221-230. Mercado, B. T., C. Malabayabas, and S. Gumasing. 1971. Responses of some lowland weed species to salinity. I. Scirpus maritimus L. to sodium chloride. The Phillipine Agriculturalist 55:253-259. Meriaux, J. L. 1978. Etude analytique et comparative de la vegetation aquatique d'etangs et marais du nord de la France (Vallee de la Sensee et bassin houiller du Word-Pas-de-Calais). Doc. Phytosociol. 3:1-244. (In French;English and German summaries). Merry, D. G., F. M. Slater, and P. F. Randerson. 1981. The riporian and aquatic vegetation of the River Wye. J. Biogr. 8:313-327. Messinger. R.D. 1974. Effects of controlled burning on waterfowl nesting habitat in northwest Iowa. M.S. Thesis. Iowa State University, Ames. 4g pp. Metcalf, F. P. 1931. Wild duck foods of North Dakota lakes. U.S. Dept. Agriculture Tech. Bull. 221. 72 pp. Meyer, B. S., F. H. Bell, L. C. Thompson, and E. I. Clay. 1943. Effect of depth of immersion on apparent photosynthesis in submersed vascular aquatics. Ecology 24:393-399. Miglarese, J. V., and P. A. Sandifer. 1982. An ecological characterization of South Carolina wetland impoundments. South Carolina Marine Resources Center, Tech. Rep. No. 51. 132 pp. Millar, J. B. 1969. Observations on the ecology of wetland vegetation. pp 49-56 in: Saskatoon Wetlands Seminar. Canad. Wildl. Serv. Rep. 6. Millar, J. B. 1973. Vegetation changes in shallow marsh wetlands under improving moisture regime. Can. J. Bot. 51:1443-1457. Millar, J. B. 1976. Wetland classification in western Canada: a guide to marshes and shallow open water wetlands in the grasslands and parklands of the Prairie Provinces. Can Wildl. Ser. Rep. Ser. 37. 38 pp. Millard, N. A. H., and K. M. F. Scott. 1953. The ecology of South African estuaries. Part VI. Milnerton Estuary and the Diep River, Cape. Trans Roy. Soc. S. Afr. 34:279-324. Miller, A. C., D. C. Beckett, and E. Blancher. 1987. The habitat value of submerged aquatic vegetation. pp 225-235 in (see Bowers et al. 1987 card.) Miller, A. C., D. C. Beckett, C. M. Way, and E. J. Bacon. 1989. The habitat value of aquatic macrophytes for macroinvertebrates: Benthic studies in Eau Galle Reservoir, Wisconsin. pp. 190-201 in Proc. 23rd Annu. Mtg., Aquat. Plant Control Resear. Prog., U.S. Army Eng. Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. 39181-0631. Miller, A. W. 1962. Waterfowl habitat improvement in California. Proc. Western Assoc. State Game and Fish Comm. 42:112-116. Miller, M. R. 1987. Fall and winter foods of northern pintails in the Sacramento Valley, California. J. Wildl. Manage. 51:405-414. Miller, W. R., and F. E. Egler. 1950. Vegetation of the Wequetequock-Paweatuck tidal marshes, Connecticut. Ecol. Monogr. 20:143-172. Mirashi, M. V. 1954. Studies in the hydrophytes of Nagpur. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 33:299-308. Misra, R. D. 1938. Edaphic factors in the distribution of aquatic plants in the English lakes. J. Ecol. 26:411-451. Mitchell, B. D., and W. D. Williams. 1982. Factors influencing the seasonal occurance and abundance of the zooplankton in two waste stabilization ponds. Aust. J. Mar. Freshw. Resear. 33:989-997. Mitchell, D. S., and K. H. Rogers. 1985. Seasonality/ aseasonality of aquatic macrophytes in Southern Hemisphere inland waters. Hydrobiol. 125:137-150. Mitchell, S. F. 1971. Phytoplankton productivity in Tomahawk Lagoon, Lake Waipori and Lake Mahinerangi. New Zealand Marine Dept. Fish. Res. Bull. No. 3. 87 pp. Mitzner, L. 1978. Evaluation of biological control of nuisance aquatic vegetation by grass carp. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 107:135-145. Modlin, R. F. 1970. Aquatic plant survey of Milwaukee River watershed lakes. Wisc. Dept. Nat. Resour. Resear. Rep. 52. 45 pp. Molinier, R., and G. Tallon. 1974. Documents pour un inventaire des plantes vasculaires de la Camargue. Bull. Hist. Nat. Marseille. T. 34. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981) Monda, M. J., and J. T. Ratti. 1988. Niche overlap and habitat use by sympatric duck broods in eastern Washington. J. Wild. Manage. 52:95-103. Montz, G. N. 1978. The submerged vegetation of Lake Ponchartrain, Louisiana. Castanea 43:115-128. Moody, A. I. 1978. Growth and distribution of marsh plants on the southern Fraser Delta foreshore. M.S. Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 153 pp. Moore, E. 1915. The potamogetons in relation to pond culture. U.S. Bur. Fish. Doc. 815, 33:251-291. Moraghan, J. T. 1993. Loss and assimilation of 15N-nitrate added to a North Dakota cattail marsh. Aquatic Botany 46:225-234. Moreria, I., and T. Ferreira. 1986. Aquatic weeds in Portugal. Aquaphyte 6(1)6. Morgan, D. G. 1954. Seasonal changes in populations of Anatidae on the Laverton Saltworks, Victoria, 1950-53. Emu 54:263-278. Morgan, P. H., A. S. Johnson, W. P. Baldwin, and J. L. Landers. 1976. Characteristics and management for wildlife in a South Carolina estuary. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 29:526-539. Morgan, P. H. 1974. A study of tidelands and impoundments within a three-river delta system-the south Edisto, Ashepoo and Combahee rivers of South Carolina. M.S. Thesis. University of Georgia, Athens. 92 pp. Morin, J. O., and K. D. Kimball. 1983. Relationship of macrophyte-mediated changes in the water column to periphyton composition and abundance. Freshwater Biol. 13:403-414. Morinaga, T. l926. The favorable effect of reduced oxygen supply upon the germination of certain seeds. Am. J. Bot. 13:159-165. Morinaga, T. 1926. Effect of alternating temperatures upon the germination of seeds. Amer. J. Bot. 13:141-158 Morris, S., A. J. Leaney, L. M. Bell, and J. M. Thompson. 1979. The Courtenay River estuary. Status of environmental knowlege to 1978. Environment Canada Special Estuary Ser. No. 8. Morton, J. F. 1975. Cattails (Typha spp.). Weed problem or potential crop. Econ. Bot., 29:7-29. Moss, B. 1981. The composition and ecology of periphyton communities in fresh waters 2. Interrelationships between water chemistry, Phytoplankton populations and periphyton. Br. Phycol. J. 16(1)59-76. Moss, B. 1976. The effects of fertilization and fish on community structure and biomass of aquatic macrophytes and epiphytic algal populations:an ecosytem experiment. J. Ecol. 64:313-342. Motta, J. J. 1978. The occurrence of fungi on some rooted aquatics from the Chesapeake Bay. Estuaries 1:101-105. Moyle, J. B. 1945. Some chemical factors influencing the distribution of aquatic plants in Minnesota. Am. Mid. Nat. 34(2):402-420. Moyle, J. B. 1956. Relationships between the chemistry of Minnesota surface waters and wildlife management. J. Wildl. Manage. 20(3) 303-320. Moyle, J. B. 1958. Review of literature on plant growth and water levels. Minn. Fish Game Invest. Fish Ser. 1:35-45. Moyle, J. B. 1961. Aquatic invertebrates as related to larger water plants and waterfowl. Minn. Dept. Cons. Div. Game & Fish. Investigational Rep. 233. 24 pp. Moyle, J. B., and J. H. Kuehn. 1964. Carp, a sometimes villain. pp. 635-642 in (J. P. Linduska ed.), waterfowl tomorrow. U.S. Dept. Int., Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 770 pp. Moyle, J. B., and N. Hotchkiss. 1945. The aquatic and marsh vegetation of Minnesota and its value to waterfowl. Minn. Fish. Res. Lab. Bull. 3. 122 pp. Mudroch, A. 1981. A study of selected Great Lakes coastal marshes. Scientific Series #122. Nat. Water Res. Inst., Inland Waters Directorate, Burlington, Ontario. 44 pp. Muenscher, W. C. 1936. Storage and germination of seeds of aquatic plants. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 652. Muenscher, W. C. 1936. The germination of seeds of Potamogeton. Ann. Botany 50:805-821. Mulligan, H. F., and A. Baranowski. 1969. Growth of phytoplankton and vascular aquatic plants at different nutrient levels. Verh, Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:802-810. Mulligan, H. F., A. Baronowski, and R. Johnson. 1976. Nitrogen and phosphorus fertilisation of aquatic vascular plants and algae in replicated ponds. I. Initial response to fertilisation. Hydrobiol. 48, 109-116. Munro, R. E., and M. C. Perry. 1982. Distribution & abundance of waterfowl & submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay. U.S. Env. Protection Agency, Washington D.C. EPA 60013-82-082. NTIS PB82-266156. Munz, P. A., and D. D. Keck. 1973. A California flora and supplement. University of California Press, Berkeley. 1681 pp. + 224 pp. suppl. Murdoch, A. 1980. Biogeochemical investigations of Big Creek Marsh, Lake Erie, Ontario. J. Great Lakes Resear. 6:338-347. Murkin, H. R., and P. Ward. 1980. Early spring cutting to control cattail in a northern marsh. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 8:254-256. Murphy, K. J., and J. W. Eaton. 1983. Effects of pleasure-boat traffic on macrophyte growth in canals. J. Appl. Ecol.20:713-729. Mushet, D. M., N. H. Euliss, Jr., and S. W. Harris. 1992. Effects of irrigation on seed production and vegetative characteristics of four moist-soil plants on impounded wetlands in California. Wetlands 12:204-207. Muus, B. J. 1967. The fauna of Danish estuaries and lagoons. Medd. Dan. Fisk. Havunders., 5:1-316 (not seen). Nagel, J. 1969. Migration patterns and general habits of the snow goose in Utah. Utah Dep. Nat. Resour. Publ. 69-6. Nakagawa, K., M. Miyahara, and K. Hattori. 1973. Biology and control of perennial cyperaceae in Japan. Proc. 4th Asian- Pacific Weed Sci. Soc. Conf. 1:203-208. Natelson, D. 1954. The phytosociology of submerged aquatic macrophytes in Wisconsin lakes. Ph.D. Dissertation. University of Wisconsin, Madison. 59 pp. Nebraska Game and Parks. 1972. Survey of habitat. Work Plan K- 71. Pittman-Robertson Proj. W-13-R-28. Lincoln, Neb. 78 pp. Needham, P. R. 1938. Trout streams. Comstock Pub. Co., New York. 233 pp. (not seen). Neel, J. K, S. A. Peterson, and W. L. Smith. 1973. Weed harvest and lake nutrient dynamics. U.S. Enviro. Protection Agency Ecol. Res. Ser. EPA-660/3-73-001 Washington, D.C., U.S. Gov't Printing Office. 101 pp. Neely, W. W. 1956. How long do duck foods last underwater? Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 21:191-198. Neely, W. W. 1958. Irreversible drainage - a new factor in waterfowl management. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 23:342-348. Neely, W. W. 1960. Managing Scirpus robustus for ducks. Proc. S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 14:30-34. Neely, W. W. 1962. Saline soils and brackish waters in management of wildlife, fish and shrimp. Trans. North Am. Wildl. Conf. 27:321-335. Neely, W. W., and V. E. Davison. 1966. Wildl ducks on farmland in the south. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmer's Full. 2218. 14 pp. Neinburg, W., and E. Kolumbe. 1931. Zur okologie der flora des wattenmeeres. II. Wiss. Meer. Kiel. N.F. 21-2:77. (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974) Nelson, N. F., and R. H. Dietz. 1966. Cattail control methods in Utah. Utah Dept. Fish Game Publ. 66-2. 31 pp. Nelson, N. F. 1954. Factors in the development and restoration of waterfowl habitat at Ogden Bay refuge, Weber County, Utah. Utah State Dep. Fish Game, Federal Aid Div. Publ. 6. 87 pp. Newbold, C. 1975. Herbicides in aquatic systems. Biol. Conserv. 7:97-118. Newling, C. J., M. C. Landin, and S. D. Parris. 1983. Long-term monitoring of the Apalachicola Bay wetland habitat development site. pp. 164-186 in F. J. Webb, Jr. ed. Proc. 10th Annu. Conf. Wetlands Restoration and Creation. Hillsborough Community College, Tampa, Florida. Newroth, P. R. 1974. A review of the ecology and control of some aquatic macrophytes. Studies on Aquatic Macrophytes Part IV. Water Investigation Branch Br. Columbia Water Resources Service 64 pp. Nichols, S. A. 1991. The interaction between biology and the management of aquatic macrophytes. Aquat. Bot. 41:225-252. Nichols, S. A., and S. Mori. 1971. The littoral macrophyte vegetation of Lake Wingra. Trans Wisc. Acad. Sci. 59:107-119. Niemeier, P. E., and W. A. Hubert. 1986. The 85-year history of the aquatic macrophyte species composition in a Aquat. Bot. 25:83-89 eutrophic prairie lake (United States). Nillsen, J. P. 1975. An algological survey of the Sondeledfjord near Risor, S. Norway- a "land-locked" fjord exposed to pollution. Blyttia 33:17-26. Nixon, S. W., and C. A. Oviatt. 1973. The ecology of a New England salt marsh. Ecol. Monogr. 43:463-498. Norlindh, T. 1972. Notes on the variation and taxonomy in the Scirpus maritimus complex. Bot. Not. 125:397-405. Noyes, J. H. 1983. Diet and nutrition of breeding canvasback and redhead ducks at Ruby Lake National Wildlife Refuge, Nevada. M.S. Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 42 pp. Noyes, J. H., and R. L. Jarvis. 1985. Diet and nutrition of breeding female redhead and canvasback ducks in Nevada. J. Wildl. Manage. 49:203-211. Nuttall, T. 1834. A manual of the ornithology of the United States and of Canada. Vol. 2. The water birds. Hilliard, Grey, and Co., Boston. 627 pp. Oberholzer, H. C., and W. L. McAtee. 1920. Waterfowl and their food plants in the Sandhill Region of Nebraska. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 794. Oborn, E. T. 1964. Intracellular and extracellular concentration of manganese and other elements by aquatic organisms. U.S. Geological Survey Water-supply Paper 1667-C. Odum, W. E. 1988. Comparative ecology of tidal freshwater and salt marshes. Annu. Rev. Ecology and Systematics. 19:147- 176. Odum, W. E., T. J. Smith, III, J. K. Hoover, and C. C. McIvor. 1984. The ecology of tidal freshwater marshes of the United States east coast: A community profile. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service FWS/OBS-83/17. 177pp. Ogg, A. G., V. F, Bruns, and A. D. Kelley. 1969. Response of sago pondweed to periodic removal of topgrowth. Weed Sci. 17:139-141. Ogle, D. W. 1981. Long-distance dispersal of vascular halophytes: The marshes of Saltville, Virginia. Castanea 46:8-15. Oglesby, R. T., A. Vogel, J. H. Peverly, and R. Johnson. 1976. Changes in submerged plants at the south end of Cayuga Lake following tropical storm Agnes. Hydrobiol. 48:251-255. Oliver, F. W. 1925. Spartina townsendii: its mode of establishment, economic uses and taxonomic status. J. Ecol. 13:74-91. Olmi, E. J. III. 1986. Recruitment patterns of selected decapod crustaceans. pp. 303-360 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Olney, P. J. S. 1969. The food and feeding habits of the pochard, Aythya ferina. Biol Conserv. 1:71-76. Olsen, S. 1945. The vegetation in Praesto Fjord. 1. Spermatophyta and Charophyta. Folia geogr. Dan. 3:83-130. Olsen, S. 1950. Aquatic plants and hydrosperic factors. I-II. Svensk. bot. Tidskr. 44:1-34; 332-373. Olson, R. A. 1979. Ecology of wetland vegetation on selected strip mine ponds and stockdams in the northern Great Plains. Ph.D. Diss. North Dakota State University, Fargo. 476 pp. Olson, R. A. 1981. Wetland vegetation, environmental factors, and their interaction in strip mine ponds, stockdams, and natural wetlands. U.S. Dept. Agric., Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rpt. RM-85. 19 pp. O'Neil, E. J. 1972. Alkali bulrush seed germination and culture. J. Wildl. Manage. 36:649-652. O'Neil, T. 1949. The muskrat in the Louisiana coastal marshes. Louisiana Dep. Wild Life and Fisheries, New Orleans. 152 pp. Ondok, J. P., and J. Kvet. 1978. Selection of sampling areas in assessment of production. pp. 163-174 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosystems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. New York. 464 pp. Ondok, J. P. 1978. Rediction climate in fishpond littoral plant communities. pp 113-125 in (D. Dykjova and J. Kvet eds.). Pond littoral ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New York. 484 pp. Ondok, J. P., and D. Dykyjova. 1973. Assessment of shoot biomass of dominant reed-beds in Trebon Basin, methodical aspects. pp. 79-82 in S. Hejny, ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP. Report No. 3. Trebon. Ondok, J. P. 1971. Horizontal structures of some macrophyte stands and its production aspects. Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:47-55. Ondok, J. P. 1973. Average shoot biomass in monospecific helophyte stands of the Opatovicky fishpond. pp. 83-85 in S. Hejny, ed. Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia IBP/PT-PP. Report No. 3. Trebon. O'Neill, E. J. 1972. Alkali bulrush seed germination and culture. J. Wildl. Manage. 36:649-652. Oosting, H. J. 1933. Physical-chemical variables in Minnesota lake. Ecol. Mono. 3:493-533. Ooststroom, S. J. van, and T. J. Reichgelt. 1962. Typha angustifolia L. x T. Latifolia L. (T. x glauca Godr.) in Nederland. Gorteria 1:90-92. Ophel, I. L., and C. D. Fraser. 1970. Calcium and strentium discrimination by aquatic plants. Ecol. 51:324-327. Opuszynski, K. 1973. Use of phytophageous fish to control aquatic plants. Aquaculture 1:61-74. Orth, R. J., and Moore, K. A. 1988. Distribution of Zostera marina L. and Ruppia maritima L. sensulato along depth gradients in the lower Chesapeake Bay, U.S.A. Aquat. Bot. 32:291-305. Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore. 1982. The biology and propagation of eelgrass, Zostera marina, in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Final Report, Grant no. R805953, U.S. Envir. Prot. Ag., Chesapeake Bay Prog., Annapolis, MD, and VIMS SRAMSOE 265, Gloucester Point, VA. 187 pp. Orth, R. J., and K. A. Moore. 1981. Submerged aquatic vegetation of the Chesapeake Bay: Past, present and future. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Nat. Resour. Conf. 46:271-283. Orth, R. J., K. A. Moore, and H. H. Gordon. 1979. Distribution and abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in the lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. EPA Report No. 600/8-79-029/SAVI. 199 pp. Orth, R. J. 1976. The demise and recovery of eelgrass, Zostera marina, in the Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Aquat. Bot. 2:141-159. Ortu, A. M. 1969. Primary data on the germination of seed of Ruppia maritima L. G. Bot. Ital. 103-621. Osterhout, W. J. V. 1906. On the importance of physiologically balanced solutions for plants. Bot. Gaz. 42:127-134. Otto, N. E., and P. F. Enger. 1960. Some effects of suspended sediment on growth of submerged pondweeds. U.S. Dept. Interior, Bur. of Reclamation. Gen. Lab. Rep. Gen - 27. 11 pp. Otto, N. E., T. R. Bartley, and W. V. Garstaka. 1964. Pondweed propagule production as affected by repeated solvent treatments. U.S. Bur. Reclamation. Water Conservation Rep. WC-13. 77 pp. Outridge, P. M., and B. N. Noller. 1991. Accumulations of toxic trace elements by freshwater vascular plants. Rev. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 121:1-63. Owens, M., and R. W. Edwards. 1962. The effects of plants on river conditions. III. Crop studies and estimates of net productivity of macrophytes in four streams in southern England. J. Ecol. 50:157-162. Ozimek, T., K. Prejs, and A. Prejs. 1986. Biomass and growth rate of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in lakes of different trophic state. Ekol. Pol. 34:125-131. Ozimek, T., and A. Kowalczewski. 1984. Long-term changes of the submerged macrophytes in eutrophic Lake Mikolajskie (North Poland). Aquat. Bot. 19:1-11. Ozimek, T. 1978. Effect of municipal sewage on the submerged macrophytes of a lake littoral. Ekol. Pol. 26:3-39. Paige, K.N. and T.G. Whitham. 1987. Overcompensation in response to mammalian herbivory: The advantage of being eaten. American Naturalist 129: 407-416. Palmer, M. 1986. The impact of a change from permanent pasture to cereal farming on the flora and invertebrate fauna of watercourses in the Pevensey Levels, Sussex. Pp. 233-238 in Proc. EWRS/AAB 7th Symp. on aquatic weeds. Palmisano, A. W., Jr. 1967. Ecology of Scirpus olneyi and Scirpus robustus in Louisiana coastal marshes. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 145 pp. Palmisano, A. W., Jr. 1972. The effect of salinity on the germination and growth of plants important to wildlife in the Gulf Coast marshes. Proc. S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 25:215-223. Palmisano, A. W., Jr. 1970. Plant community-soil relationships in Louisiana coastal marshes. Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Palmisano, A. W., Jr., and J. D. Newsom. 1968. Ecological factors affecting occurrence of Scirpus olneyi and Scirpus robustus in the Louisiana coastal marshes. Proc. Ann. Conf. S.E. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 21:161-172. Pammel, T. H. 1917. The vegetation of Iowa Lakes. pp 162-189 in State Highway Comm. on Iowa Lakes and lakebeds. Parker, P. L. 1964. The biogeochemistry of the stable isotopes of carbon in a marine bay. Geochim. Cosmochim. 28:1155-1164. Patriquin, D. G., and C. Keddy. 1978. Nitrogenase activity (acetylene reduction) in a Nova Scotian Salt Marsh: its association with agiosperms and the influence of some edaphic factors. Aquat. Bot. 4:227-244. Patten, B. C., Jr. 1956. Notes on the biology of Myriophyllum spicatun L. in a New Jersey lake. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 83:5-17. Paullin, D. G. 1973. The ecology of submerged aquatic macrophytes of Red Rock Lakes National Wildlife Refuge, Montana. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Montana, Missoula. 171 pp. Paulus, S. L. 1982. Feeding ecology of gadwalls in Louisiana in winter. J. Wildl. Manage. 46:71-79. Paulus, S. L. 1983. Dominance relations, resource use, and pairing chronology of gadwalls in winter. Auk 100:947-952. Payne, N. F. 1992. Techniques for wildlife habitat management of wetlands. McGraw-Hill, New York, NY. 549 pp. Pearcy, R. W., and S. L. Ustin. 1984. Effects of salinity on growth and photosynthesis of three California tidal marsh species. Oecologia 62:68-73. Pearcy, R. W., D. E. Bayer, and S. L. Ustin. 1982. Salinity-productivity relationships of selected plant species from the Suisun Marsh, California. Calif. Water Res. Center, University of California, Davis. 42 pp. Pearsall, W. H., and E. Gorham. 1956. Production ecology. I. Standing crops of natural vegetation. Oikos 7:193-201. Pearsall, W. H. 1929. Dynamic factors affecting aquatic vegetation. Proc. Int. Congr. Plant Sci. 1:667-672. Pederson, G. B., and R. L. Pederson. 1983. Feeding ecology of pintails and mallards on Lower Klamath marshes. Final report on U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Contr. 14-16-0001-79106. Humboldt State University Foundation, Arcata, CA. 89 pp. Pederson, R. L., and A. G. van der Valk. 1984. Vegetation change and seed banks in marshes: Ecological and management implications. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Natur. Resour. Conf. 49:271-280. Pederson, R. L., D. G. Jorde, and S. G. Simpson. 1989. pp. 281- 310 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Pehrsson, O. 1980. Skotsel av vatmarker for froproduktion - en viktig fodoresurs for sjofagel. Statens Naturvardsverk PM 1244, Solna. (not seen, cited in Pehrsson 1988). Pehrsson, O. 1988. Effects of grazing and inundation on pasture quality and seed production in a salt marsh. Vegetatio 74:113-124. Pehrsson, O., J. Stensson, M. Ericsson, S. O. Bengtsson, S. Jacobsson, and R. Floren. 1973. Getterons fagelreservat. Skydd och vard. Statens Naturvardsverk PM 423, Solna. (not seen, cited in Pehrsson 1988). Pelikan, J. 1978. Mammels in the reedswamp ecosystem. pp. 357-365 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978). Peltier, W. H., and E. B. Welch. 1969. Factors affecting growth of rooted aquatics in a river. Weed. Sci. 17:412-416. Peltier, W. H., and E. B. Welch. 1970. Factors affecting growth of rooted aquatics in a reservoir. Weed Sci. 18:7-9. Penfound, W., and E. S. Hathaway. 1938. Plant communities in the marshlands of southeastern Louisiana. Ecol. Monog. 8:1-56. Penfound, W. T. 1953. Plant communities on Oklahoma Lakes. Ecol. 34:561-583. Penfound, W. T. 1956. Primary production of vascular aquatic plants. Limnol. Oceanogr. 1:92-101. Penfound, William T. 1952. An outline for ecological life histories of herbaceous vascular hydrophytes. Ecol. 33(1):123-128. Penko, J. M. 1982. A Bibliography of the Biology. Ecology and Utilization of Typha. Bio-energy Coord. Off. Univ. Minnesota, St. Paul. Penko, J. M. 1985. Ecological of Typha in Minnesota: Typha insect interactions, and the productivity of floating stands. M.S. thesis Univ. Minnesota, St. Paul. 307 pp. Penko, J. M., and D. C. Pratt. 1987. Inset herbivory in Minnesota Typha stands J. Freshw. Ecol. 4:235-244. Penuelas, J., J. Murillo, and J. Azcom-Bieto. 1988. Actual and potential dark respiration rates and different electron transport pathways in freshwater aquatic plants. Aquat. Bot. 88:353-362. Penuelas, J., and F. Sabater. 1987. Distribution of macrophytes in relation to environmental factors in the Ter River, N.E. Spain. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. 72:41-58. Percival, H. F., L. G. Webb, and N. R. Page. 1970. Some ecological conditions under which selected waterfowl food plants grow in South Carolina. Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 24:121-126. Perkins, C. J. 1968. Controlled burning in the management of muskrats and waterfowl in Louisiana coastal marshes. pp. 269-280 in Proc. Annu. Tall Timbers Fire Ecol. Conf. Perkins, E. J., and O. J. Abbott. 1972. Nutrient enrichment and sand flat fauna. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 3:70-72. Perret, N. G. 1962. The spring and summer foods of the common mallard (Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos L.) in southcentral Manitoba. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of British Columbia, Vancourver. 82 pp. Perry, M. C., and F. M. Uhler. 1976. Availability and utilization of canvasback food organisms in Chesapeake Bay. Atl. Estuarine Res. Soc., Rehobeth Beach, Del. 25 pp. Perry, M. C., and F. M. Uhler. 1982. Food habits of diving ducks in the Carolinas. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish and Wildl. Agencies 36:492-504. Peter, R., Welsh, H., and Denny, Patrick. 1979. The translocation of lead and copper in two submerged aquatic angiosperm species: J. of Experim. Bot., v. 30, #115, p. 339-345. Peterka, J. J. l986. Effects of salinity on survial and reproductive success of fishes, upper Great Plains. Proc. North Dakota Acad. Sci. 40:32. Peterka, J. J., and D. A. Hanson. 1978. Annual report. Procect F-32-R-1. Chemical and physical characteristics of the James River, from Arrowwood Refuge to the outflow of the Jamestown Dam, North Dakota. North Dakota Game and Fish Dept., Bismarck, N.D. 19 pp. Petkova, L. M., and I. P. Lubyanou. 1969. Konsentratsiia deiakykh microelementiv u makrofitiv vodoim stepvoi zony Ukrainy. Ukr. Bot. Zh. 26:90-96 (not seen). Petrova, I. A. 1986. Ash content of macrophytes in lakes of various types in the southern Urals. Hydrobiol. J. 22:42-47. Peverly, J. H. 1985. Element accumulation and release by macrophytes in a wetland stream. J.Environ. Qual. 14:137-143. Philbrick, C. T., and G. J. Anderson. 1987. Implications of pollen/ovule ratios and polen size for the reproductive biology of Potamogeton and autogamy in aquatic angiosperms. Syst. Bot. 12:98-105. Philip, G. 1936. An enalid plant association in the Humber Estuary. Journal of Ecology. 24:205-219. Philipp, C. C., and R. G. Brown. 1965. Ecological studies of transition-zone vascular plants in South River, Maryland. Chesapeake Sci. 6:73-81. Phillips, G. L., D. Eminson, and B. Moss. 1978. A mechanism to account for macrophyte decline in progressively eutrophicated freshwaters. Aquat. Bot. 4:103-126. Phillips, J. 1970. Wisconsin's wetland soils. A review. Wisc. Dept. Natural Resour. Res. Rep. 57. 27 pp. Phillips, J. C. 1923. A natural history of the ducks. Vol. II. The genus Anas. Houghton Mifflin Co., N.Y. 409 pp. Phillips, R. C. 1958. Extension of the distribution of Ruppia maritima var. obliqua (Schur.) aschers. and graebn. Quart. J. Fla. Aca. Sci. 21:185-186. Phillips, R. C. 1960. Observations on the ecology and distribution of the Florida sea grasses. Professional Papers Series, Fla. Board Conserv. 2:1-72. Phillips, R. C. 1960. The ecology of plants of Crystal Bay, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 23:328-337. Pieczynska, E., and U. Sikorska, and T. Ozimek. 1975. Influence of domestic sewage on the littoral zone of lakes. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 22:141-156. Pieczynska, E., and T. Ozimek. 1976. Ecological significance of lake macrophytes. Int. J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 2:115-128. Pielou, E. C., and R. D. Routledge. 1976. Salt marsh vegetation: Latitudinal gradients in the zonation patterns. Oecologia 24:311-321. Pierce, L. S., and B. H. Tiffney. 1986. Holocene fruit, seed and leaf flora from riverine sediments near New Haven, Connecticut. Rhodora 88:229-252. Pigott, C. D. 1969. Influence of mineral nutrition on the zonation of flowering plants in coastal salt marshes. IN I. H. Rorison ed. Ecological aspects of the mineral nutrition of plants. Blackwell Scientific, London. Pip, E. 1978. A survey of the ecology and composition of submerged aquatic snail-plant communities. Can. J. Zool. 56:2263-2279. Pip, E. 1979. Survey of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophytes in central Canada. Aquat. Bot. 7:339-357. Pip, E. 1984. Ecogeographical tolerance range variation in aquatic macrophytes. Hydrobiologia. 108(1):37-48. Pip, E. 1987. The ecology of Potamogeton species in central North America. Hydrobiol. 153:203-216. Pirnie, M. D. 1935. Michigan waterfowl management. Michigan Dept. Conserv., Game Div., Lansing. 328 pp. Podlejski, V. D. 1981. Observations sur Scirpus maritimus L. en Camargue. Ecol. Mediterran. 7:63-78. Podlejski, V. 1982. Phenology and seasonal above-ground biomass in two Scirpus maritimus marshes in the Camargue. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 17:225-236. Poff, M. J. 1973. Species composition, distribution and abundance of macrobenthic organisms in the intake and discharge area after construction and operation of the Cedar Bayou electric power station. M.S. Thesis. Texas A&M Univ., College Station. 300 pp. Polisini, J. M., and C. E. Boyd. 1972. Relationships between cell-wall functions, nitrogen, and standing crop in aquatic macrophytes. Ecology 53:484-488. Pomeroy, W. M., D. K. Gordon, and C. D. Levings. 1981. experimental transplants of brackish and salt marsh species on the Fraser river estuary. Environment Canada, Environmental Protection Service, Canad. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquat. Sci. No. 1067. Popp, M., and R. Albert. 1980. Freie aminosauran und stickstoffgehalt in halophyten des Neusiedlersee-Gabietes. Flora 170:229-239. Portnoy, J. W., C. T. Roman, and M. A. Soukup. 1987. Hydrologic and chemical impacts of diking and drainage of a small estuary (Cape Cod National Seashore): effects on wildlife and fisheries. Pp. 254-265 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith, eds. Waterfowl and Wetlands Sympsoium. Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetland Manage., in Coastal Zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware Rep. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, DE. 522 pp. Posluszny, U., and R. Sattler. 1974. Floral development of Ruppia maritima var. maritima. Can. J. Bot. 52:1607-1612. Pot, R. 1984. The development of Potamogeton vegetation in the Lauwersmeer. Acta. Bot. Neerl. 33:361-362. Potzger, J. E., and W. A. Van Engel. 1942. Study of the rooted aquatic vegetation of Weber Lake, Vilas County, Wisconsin. Transactions of Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters 34:149-166. Powell, R. G., R. Bajaj, and J. L. McLaughlin. 1987. Bioactive stilbenes of Scripus maritimus. J. Natural Products (Lloydia) 50:293-296. Praeger, R. L. 1913. On the buoyancy of the seeds of some Britannic plants. Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc. 14:13-62. Pratt, C. D., and N. J. Andrews. 1980. Cattails (Typha spp.) as an energy source. In (D. L. Klass, Symp. Chair.) Symp. Energy from Biomass and Wastes IV. Inst. Gas Technol., Chicago, Ill. Prejs, K. 1987. A field and laboratory study of the relation between some stylet-bearing nematodes and some aquatic vascular plants. Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:237-258. Prejs, K. 1986a. Nematodes as a possible cause of rhizome damage in three species of Potamogeton. Hydrobiol. 131:281-286. Prejs, K. 1986b. Occurrence of stylet-bearing nematodes associated with aquatic vascular plants. -Ekol pol. 34:185-192. Prentki, R. T., M. S. Adams, S. R. Carpenter, A. Gasith, L. S. Smith, and P. R. Weiler. 1979. The role of submersed weedbeds in internal loading and interception of allochthonous materials in Lake Wigra, Wisc, USA. Archiv fur Hydrob. Supp., 57, 221-250. Prentki, R. T., T. D. Gustafson, and M. S. Adams. 1978. Nutrient movements in lakeshore marshes. Pages 169-194 in R. E. Good, D. F. Whigham, and R. L. Simpson (eds.). Freshwater wetlands: Ecological processes and management potential. Academic Press, New York. Prevost, M. B., A. S. Johnson, and J. L. Landers. 1978. Production and utilization of waterfowl foods in brackish impoundments in South Carolina. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Fish Wildl. Agencies 32:60-70. Prevost, M. B., and C. M. Gresham. 1981. Artificial establishment of saltmarsh bulrush seedlings in South Carolina. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 9:310-319. Prevost, M. B. 1987. Management of plant communities for waterfowl in coastal South Carolina. pp. 168-183 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Waterfowl and Wetlands Management in Coastal Zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover. 522 pp. Price, J. S., K. Ewing, M-K Woo, and K. A. Kershaw. 1988. Vegetation patterns in James Bay coastal marshes. II. Effects of hydrology on salinity and vegetation. Can. J. Bot. 66:2586-2594. Prophet, C. W., and B. A. Carrillo. 1979. Gross primary productivity in a small Kansas Lake, based on continuous in-situ recordings, 24 March-31, June 1977. Southwest. Nat. 24:667-676. Provost, M. W. 1959. Impounding salt marshes for mosquito control and its effects on bird life. Fla. Nat. 32:163-170. Provost, M. W. 1967. Managing impounded salt marshes for mosquito control and estuarine resource conservation. pp. 163-171 in J. D. Newsom (ed.). Proc. marsh and estuary manage. symp. Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. Pulich, W. M., Jr. 1985. Seasonal growth dynamics of Ruppia maritima L.s.l. and Halodule wrightii Aschers. in southern Texas and evaluation of sediment fertility status. Aquat. Bot. 23:53-66. Pulich, W. M., Jr. 1986. Variations in leaf soluable amino acids and ammonium content in subtropical seagrasses related to salinity stress. Plant Physiol. 80:283-286. Pulich, W. M., Jr. 1989. Effects of rhizosphere macronutrients and sulfide levels on the growth physiology of Halodule wrightii aschers and Ruppia maritima L. S. I. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 127:69-80. Purer, E. A. 1942. Plant ecology of the coastal salt marshlands of San Diego County, California. Ecol. Monogr. 12:81-111. Purohit, R. 1981. Phytosociology, productivity, and growth behavior of Potamogeton pectinatus in relation to physico-chemical limnology of the lake Naini Tal (India). Ph.D. Thesis, Kumaun Univ., Naini Tal. 416 pp. Purohit, R., and S. P. Singh. 1981. Seasonal variation in physico-chemical limnology of shallow zones of Nainitel Lake, western Himalaya (India). Proc. Indian Nat. Sci. Acad. B47(2):194-203. Purohit, R., S. P. Singh, and N. Upreti. 1986. Effect of non-removal of the macrophyte biomass on the characteristics of water and plant community in Lake Naini Tal, U.P., India. Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 71:245-257. Putschog, V. 1973. Role of macrophyte plant communities in the Nesyt fishpond. pp 153-155 in: (J. Kvet, ed.) Littoral of the Nesyt fishpond. Ecological Studies. Studdie CSAU 15, Academia. Parha, Czechoslovakia. 172 pp. Quay, T. L., and T. S. Critcher. 1962. Food habits of waterfowl in Currituck Sound, North Carolina. Proc. Southeastern Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 16:200-208. Rai, D. N., and U. P. Sharma. 1991. Co-relation between macrophytic biomass and macro-invertebrate community structure in wetlands of North-Bihar. Int. J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 17:27-36. Ramirez, C., and J. San Martin. 1984. Hydrophilous vegetation of a coastal lagoon in central Chile. Int. J. Ecol. Environ. Sci. 10:93-110. Ranwell, D. S. 1961. Spartina marshes in Southern England. I. The effects of sheep grazing at the upper limits of Spartina marsh in Bridgwater Bay. J. Ecol. 49:325-340. Ranwell, D. S. 1964. Spartina salt marshes in Southern England. II. Rates of establishment, succession and nutrient supply at Bridgwater Bay, Somerset. J. Ecol. 52:95-105. Ranwell, D. S. 1972. Ecology of salt marshes and sand dunes. Chapman and Hall, London. 258 pp. Ravanko, O. 1972. The physiognomy and structure of the benthic macrophyte communities on rocky shores in the southwestern archipelago of Finland (Seili Islands). Nova Hedwigia 23:363-403. Raven, J. A. 1970. Exogenous inorganic carbon sources in plant photosynthesis. Biol. Rev. Camb.-Philos. Soc. 45:167-221. Rawls, C. K. 1978. Food habits of waterfowl in the Upper Chesapeake Bay, Maryland. University of Maryland Center for Environ. Estuar. Stud., Solomons. 140 pp. Rawson, D. S., and J. E. Moore. 1944. The saline lakes of Saskatchewan. Can. J. Res. 22:141-201. Reed, A. 1989. Use of a freshwater tidal marsh in the St. Lawrence Estuary by greater snow geese. Pp. 605-616 in R. R. Shartiz and J. W. Gibbons, eds. Freshwater Wetlands and Wildlife Conf., DOE Symposium series No. 61, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Sci. and Tech. Infor., Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Reed, P. B. Jr. 1988. National list of plant species that occur in wetlands: North plains (Region 4). U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Biol. Rep. 88 (26.4). Rees, T.K. 1935. The marine algae of Loch Ine. J. Ecol. 23:69- 133 (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974). Reddy, K. R., and L. O. Bagnall. 1981. Biomass production of aquatic plants used in agricultural drainage water treatment. In: 2nd International Gas. Res. Conf. Proc. Govt. Inst., Inc. Rockville, MD. pp. 376-390. Reddy, K. R., and K. M. Portier. 1987. Nitrogen utilization by Typha latifolia L. as affected by temperature and rate of nitrogen application. Aquat. Bot., 27:127-138. Reed, S. E. 1979. The distribution and seasonality of the Benthic Aquatic macrophytesof the Pamlico River Estuary, North Carolina. M.S. Thesis, East Carolina University, Greenville, N.C. 55 pp. Reeders, H. H., M. E. P. van Schovbroeck, B. Gopal, and A. H. Pieterse. 1986. Aquatic weeds and their implications for agriculture in the Chambal irrigated area, Kota (Re'jasthan), India. Pp. 251-255 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol. Reese, M. C.,and K. S. Lubinski. 1983. A survey and annotated checklist of late summer aquatic and floodplain vascular flora, middle and lower pool 26, Mississippi and Illinois Rivers. Castanea 48:305-316. Reimold, R. J. 1977. Mangals and salt marshes of eastern United States. Pp. 157-166 in V. J. Chapman, ed. Ecosystems of the world I. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, New York. 428 pp. Reimold, R. J., R. A. Linthurst, and P. L. Wolf. 1975. Effects of grazing on a salt marsh. Biol. Conserv. 8:105-125. Reinink, K., and J. van der Toorn. 1975. Effect of changes in water-table on the vegetation development of reedbeds in the Zuid-Flevoland area. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch., Afd. Natuurk. 2e Reeks, 67:120-126. Rejmanek, M., J.G. Gosselink, and S.E. Sasser. 1990. Herbivory- dependent facilitation succession in the Atchafalaya delta, Louisiana. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America, Supplement to 71: 298. Rejmankova, E. 1978. Growth, production and nutrient uptake of duckweeds in fishponds and in experimental culture. pp. 278-284 in D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds. Pond littoral ecosytems. Structure and functioning. Springer-Verlag. N.Y. 464 pp. Rendle, A. B. 1930. The classification of flowering plants. Vol. 1. Cambridge Univ. Press, England. Reynolds, J. D., and S. C. P. Reynolds. 1975. Aquatic angiosperms of some British Columbia saline lakes. Syesis. 8:291-295. Reznicek, J. 1973. The population of waterfowl on the Opatovicky fishpond in the summer periods of 1970, 1971 and 1972. pp. 220-223 in S. Hejny ed., Ecosystem study on wetland biome in Czechoslovakia. Czechosl. IBP/PT-PP Rep. No. 3. Trebon. Rich, P. H., R. G. Wetzel, and N. Van Thuy. 1971. Distribution, production, and role of aquatic macrophytes in a southern Michigan marl lake. Freshwater Biol. 1:3-21. Rich, P. H. 1966. Productivity of Aquatic Macrophytes at Erie Marsh. Michigan State Univ., M.S. Thesis. 103 pp. Richardson, F. D. 1980. Ecology of Ruppia maritima L. in New Hampshire (U.S.A.) tidal marshes. Rhodora 82:403-439. Rickett, H. W. 1922. A quantitative study of the larger aquatic plants of Lake Mendota. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Arts Sci. Lett. 20:501-527. Rickett, H. W. 1924. A quantitative study of the larger aquatic plants of Green Lake, Wisconsin. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Arts Sci. Lett. 21:381-414. Ridley, H. N. 1930. The dispersal of plants throughout the world. L. Reeve and Co., Ltd., London. 744 pp. (Not seen, cited by Kadlec and Wentz 1974). Riemer, D. N., and S. J. Toth. 1968. A survey of the chemical composition of aquatic plants in New Jersey. N.J. Agr. Exp. Sta., Coll. Agric. Environ. Sci., Rutgers Univ., Bull. 820. 14 pp. Riley, C. V. 1954. The utilization of reclaimed coal striplands for the production of wildlife. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 19:324-337. Riley, J. L., and S. M. McKay. 1980. The vegetation and phytogeography of Coastal Southwestern James Bay. Life Sci. Cont., Royal Ontario Mus. No. 124. 81 pp. Ristich, S. S., S. W. Frederick, and E. H. Buckley. 1976. Transplantation of Typha and the distribution of vegetation and algae in a reclaimed estuarine marsh. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 103:157-164. Rivard, P. G., and P. M. Woodard. 1988. Light, ash, and pH effects on the germination and seedling growth of Typha latifolia (cattail). Can. J. Bot. 67:2783-2787. Robarts, R. D. 1976. Primary productivity of the upper reaches of a South African estuary (Swartvlei). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 24:93-102. Robarts, R. D., and B. R. Allanson. 1977. Meromixis in the lake-like upper reaches of a South African estuary. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie. 80:531-540. Robel, R. J. 1961a. Water depth and turbidity in relation to growth of sago pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage. 25:436-438. Robel, R. J. 1961b. The effects of carp populations on the production of waterfowl food plants on a western waterfowl marsh. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. and Nat. Resour. Conf. 26:147-159. Robel, R. J. 1962. Changes in submerged vegetation following a change in water level. J. Wildl. Manage. 26:221-224. Robson, T. O. 1976. A review of the distribution of aquatic weeds in the tropic and sub-tropics. pp. 25-30 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in S.E. Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Rogers, J. P., and L. J. Korschgen. 1966. Foods of lesser scaups on breeding, migration, and wintering areas. J. Wildl. Manage. 30:258-264. Rollins, G. L. 1973. Relationships between soil salinity and the salinity of applied water in the Suisun marsh of California. Calif. Fish and Game 59:5-35. Round, F. E. 1971. The growth and succession of algal populations in freshwaters. Mitt. Int. Verein. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 19:70-99. Rozas, L. P., and R. J. Zimmerman. 1994. Comparing nekton habitat use in upper Galveston Bay to develop design criteria for creating ecologically functional salt marshes. p. 41 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr). Rozema, J., F. Dorel, R. Janissen, G. Lenssen, R. Broekman, W. Arp, and B. G. Drake. 1991. Effect of elevated atmospheric CO2 on growth, photosynthesis and water relations of salt marsh grass species. Aquat. Bot. 39:45-55. Rozkowska, A. D., and A. Rozkowski. 1969. Seasonal changes of slough and lake water chemistry in southern Saskatchewan (Canada). Jour. Hydrol. 7:1-13. Roznik, F. D. 1978. Response of the yellow-headed blackbird to vegetation and water level changes in the coastal marshed of Green Bay. MS Thesis. Univ. Wisconsin-Green Bay. 99 pp. Ruttner, F. 1947. Zur Frage der Karbonatassimilation der Wasserpflanzen.I. Teil. Die beiden Haupttypen der Kohlenstoffaufnahme. Osterreichische Bot.Z. 94:265-294. Ryan, J. B., D. N. Riemer, and S. J. Toth. 1972. Effects of fertilization on aquatic plants, water and bottom sediments. Weed Sci. 20:482-486. Ryan, J. B., and D. N. Riemer. 1975. Copper toxicity symptoms in sago pondweed, Potamogeton pectinatus. Proc. Northeast Weed Sci. Soc. 29:108-113. Ryder, R. A. 1951. Waterfowl Production in the San Luis Valley, Colorado. M.S. Thesis. Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins. 166 pp. Sack, F. D., A. C. Leopold, and F. A. Hoekstra. 1988. Structural correlates of imbiblitional injury in typha pollen. Am. J. Bot. 75:570-578. Saenger, P., M. M. Specht, R. L. Specht, and V. J. Chapman. 1977. Mangal and coastal salt marsh communities in Australia. Pp. 293-345 in V. J. Chapman, ed. Ecosystems of the world 1. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, New York. 420 pp. Sahai, R., and A. B. Sinha. 1976. Productivity of submerged macrophytes in polluted and non-polluted resions of the eutrophic lake, Ramgarh (V.P.) pp 131-140 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in SE Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Saiki, M. K., and T. P. Lowe. 1987. Selenium in aquatic organisms from subsurface agricultural drainage water, San Joaquin Valley, California. Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology. 16:657-670. Sale, P. J. M., and R. G. Wetzel. 1983. Growth and metabolism of Typha species in relation to cutting treatments. Aquat. Bot. 15:321-334. Salyer, J. C. II. 1949. Propagation of wild duck foods. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Branch of Wildl. Refuges Wildl. Manage. Ser. No. 1 (revised). 23 pp. Sandifer, P. A., J. V. Miglarese, D. R. Calder, et al. 1980. Ecological characterization of the Sea Island coastal region of South Carolina and Georgia. Vol. III: Biological features of the characterization area. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Off. of Biol. Serv., Washington, DC. FWS/OBS-79/42. 620 pp. Sand-Jensen, K. 1983. Photosynthetic carbon sources of stream macrophytes. J. Exp. Bot. 34:198-210. Sand-Jensen, K., and D. M. Gordon. 1984. Differential ability of marine and freshwater macrophytes to utilize HCO3 and CO2. Mar. Biol. 80:247-253. Sasser, C. E. 1977. Distribution of vegetation in Louisiana coastal marshes as response to tidal flooding. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 40 pp. Saunders, G. B., and D. C. Saunders. 1981. Waterfowl and their wintering grounds in Mexico, 1937-64. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Resour. Pub. 138. Sauvageau, M. C. 1894. Notes biologiques sur les potamogeton. J. de Botanique 8. (not seen). Schiemer, F., and M. Prosser. 1976. Distribution and biomass of submerged macrophytes in Neusiedlersee. Aquat. Bot. 2:289-307. Schindler, D. W. 1978. Factors regulating phytoplankton production and standing crop in the world's fresh waters. Limnol. and Oceanogr. 23:478-486. Schloesser, D. W., T. A. Edsall, and B. A. Manny. 1985. Growth of submersed macrophyte communities in the St. Clair-Detroit River System between Lakes Huron and Erie. Can. J. Bot. 63:1061-1065. Schmid, W. D. 1965. Distribution of aquatic vegetation as measured by line intercept with scuba. Ecology 46:816-823. Schneider, J. C. 1965. Further studies on the benthic ecology of Sugar Loaf Lake, Washtenaw County, Michigan. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts Lett. 50:11-29. Schroder, R. 1979. Decline of reed swamps in Lake Constance. Symp. Biologica Hungarica 19:43-48. Schwartz, D. P., O. E. Maughan, and G. E. Gebhart. 1986. Effectiveness of blue tilapia as a weed control agent in ponds. Prog. Fish-Cult. 48:259-263. Schroeder, R. A., D. U. Palawski, and J. P. Skorupa. 1988. Reconnaissance investigation of water quality, bottom sediment, and biota associated with irrigation drainage in the Tulare Lake Bed area, southern San Joaquin Valley, California, 1986-87. U.S. Geol. Surv., Water-Res. Invet. Rept. 88-4001. Schuler, C. A. 1987. Impacts of agricultural drainwater and contaminants on wetlands at Kesterson Reservoir, California. M.S. Thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis. 136 pp. Schuyler, A. E. 1975. Scirpus cylindricus: An ecologically restricted eastern North American tuberous bulrush. Bartonia 43:29-37. Scott, K. M. F., A. D. Harrison, and W. Macnae. 1952. The ecology of South African estuaries. Part II. The Klein River Estuary, Hermanus, Cape. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr. 33:283-331. Scott, K. M. F. 1954. Notes on the birds of the Diep River and Riet Vlei. Ostrich 25:25-31. Scott, T. G., and C. H. Wasser. 1980. Checklist of North American plants for wildlife biologists. The Wildlife Society, Washington, D.C. 58 pp. Sculthorpe, C. D. 1967. The biology of aquatic vascular plants. Edward Arnold Ltd., London. 610 pp. Seddon, B. 1972. Aquatic macrophytes as limnological indicators. Freshwater Biol. 2:107-130. Seeliger, V., C. Cordazzo, and E. W. Koch. 1984. Germination and algae-free laboratory culture of Widgeon Grass, Ruppia martima. Estuaries 7:176-178. Sefton, D. F. 1977. Productivity and biomass of vascular hydrophytes on the upper Mississippi. Pages 53-61 in C.B. Dewitt and E. Soloway (eds.). Wetlands ecology, values, and impacts: proceedings of the Waubesa Conference on Wetlands, Institue for Environmental Studies, Univ. of Wisconsin-Madison. Segadas-Vianna, F. 1951. A Phytosociological and ecological study of cattail stands in Oakland County, Michigan. J. Ecol. 39:316-329. Seidel, K. 1971. Macrophytes as functional elements in the environment of man. Hidrobiologia (Bucharest) 12:121-130. Seidel, K. 1976. Macrophyte and water pollution. Pp. 109-121 in J. Tourbier and R. W. Pierson, eds. Biological control of water pollution. Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia. 340 pp. Seidelin Raunkiaer, A., and J. Boye Petersen. 1917. In: Wesenberg Lund, C., Sand, M.J. Boye Petersen, J., Weidilin Raunkiaer, A., and C.M. Steeberg.Furesostudier, K. Dan Vidensk. Selsk Skr. Nat. Mat. Afd., Rackke 8,3, No.1:58-77 (cited in Hutchinson, 1975) Serie, J. R., and G. A. Swanson. 1976. Feeding ecology of breeding gadwalls on saline wetlands. J. Wildl. Manage. 40:69-81. Setchell, W. A. 1924. Ruppia and its environmental factors. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 10:286-288. Setchell, W. A. 1946. The genue Ruppia L. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 25:469-478. Severson, R. C., S. A. Wilson, and J. M. McNeal. 1987. Analyses of bottom material collected at nine areas in the western United States for the DOI irrigation drainage task group: U.S. Geol. Surv. Open-File Rept. 87-490. 24 pp. Sewell, R. W. 1989. Floral and Faunal colonization of restored wetlands in west-central Minnesota and northeastern South Dakota. M.S. Thesis, South Dakota State Univ., Brookings. 46 pp. Shaffer, G., C.E. Sasser, J.G. Gosselink, and M. Rejmanek. 1990. A decade of vegetation dynamics in the emergent Atchafalaya Delta, Louisiana. Bulletin of the Ecological Society of America, Supplement to 71: 322-323. Sharma, K. P., and B. Gopal. 1979. Effect of water regime on the growth and establishment of Typha angustata seedlings. Int. J. Ecol., and Env. Sci. 5:69-74. Sharma, K. P., and B. Gopal. 1978. Seed germination and occurrence of seedlings of Typha species in nature. Aquat. Bot. 4:353-358. Sharp, V., and P. Denny. 1976. Electron microscope studies on the absorption and localization of lead in the leaf tissue of Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Exp. Bot. 27:1155-1162. Sharp, W. M. 1939. Propagation of Potamogeton and Sagittaria from seeds. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:351-358. Shaver, G. R., and J. M. Melillo. 1984. Nutrient Budgets of Marsh Plants: Efficiency concepts and relation to availability. The Ecosystem Center, Marine Biological Lab., Woods Hole, Mass. Ecology., 65 (5) pp. 1491-1510. Shay, J. M., and C. T. Shay. 1986. Prairie marshes in western Canada, with specific reference to the ecology of five emergent macrophytes. Can. J. Bot. 64:443-454. Shearer, L. A., B. J. Jahn, and L. Lenz. 1969. Deterioration of duck foods when flooded. J. Wildl. Manage. 33:1012-1015. Shekhor, A. G. 1974. Effect of nowing times on regeneration of reed and redmace growths. Hydro. biol. Journ. 10:61-65. Sheldon, R. B., and C. W. Boylen. 1977. Maximum depth inhabited by aquatic vascular plants. Amer. Midl. Nat. 97:248-254. Sheldon, S. P. 1987. The effect of herbivorous snails on submerged macrophyte communities in Minnesota Lakes. Ecol. 68:1920-1931. Shellhammer, H. S., R. Jackson, W. Davilla, A. M. Gilroy, H. T. Harvey, and L. Simons. 1982. Habitat preferences of salt marsh harvest mice (Reithrodontomys raviventris). Wasmann J. Biol. 40:102-114. Sherwood, G. A. 1959. The whistling swan in the Great Salt Lake Valley of Utah. M.S. Thesis. Utah State Univ. Logan. Sheffer, V. B., and R. J. Robinson. 1939. A limnological study of Lake Washington. Ecol. Monogr. 9:97-143. Shubert, L. E. 1982. Periphyton production in a saline prairie pothole. N.D. Acad. Sci., Proc. 36:48. (Abstr.). Shisler, J. K. 1990. Creation and restoration of coastal wetlands of the northeastern United States. pp. 143-170 in J.A. Kusler and M. E. Kentula eds. Wetland creation and restoration. The status of the science. Inland Press, Washington, D.C. 594 pp. Sifton, H. B. 1959. The germination of light-sensitive seeds of Typha latifolia L. Can. J. Bot. 37:719-739. Sigler, W. F. 1948. Aquatic and shore vegetation of Spirit Lake, Dickenson County, Iowa. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 23:103-124. Sigler, W. F. 1958. The ecology and use of carp in Utah. Utah State Univ., Logan Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull. 405. 63 pp. Sigua, G. C., and W. H. Hudnall. 1992. Nitrogen and gypsum: Management tools for revegetation and productivity improvement of brackish marsh in southwest Louisiana. Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal. 23:283-299. Siira, J. 1970. Studies in the ecology of the seashore meadows of the Bothnian Bay with special reference to the Liminka area. Aquilo Ser. Bot. 9:1-109. Simmons, E. G. 1957. An ecological survey of the upper Laguna Madre of Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 4:156-200. Simpson, H. E. 1912. Physiography of the Devils-Stump Lake Region, North Dakota. N.D. Geol. Surv. 6th Bien. Rep. pp. 103-157. Sincock, J. L. 1962. Estimating consumption of food by wintering waterfowl populations. Proc. Southeastern Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 16:217-221. Sincock, J. L. 1965. Data Report - Back Bay, Virginia and Currituck Sound, North Carolina Cooperative Investigations. Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, Maryland. 1600 pp. Singh, S. P. 1981. Physico-chemical characteristics and macrophytes of "Naukuchiya Tal" a mid altitude lake of Kumaun Himalaya (India) Tropical Ecol. 22(1):40-53. Singhal, P. K., and J. S. Singh. 1978. Ecology of Naina tal Lakes; morphometry and macrophyte vegetation. Tropical Ecology. 19(2):178-188. Singleton, J. R. 1951. Production and utilization of waterfowl food plants on the east Texas Gulf Coast. J. Wildl. Manage. 15:46-56. Sinha, A. B. 1970. Studies on the bioecology and production of Ramgarh Lake, Gorakhpur. Ph.D. Thesis, Gorakhpur Univ. (not seen, cited in Purohit (1981)). Skinner, J., and M. Smart. 1984. The El Kala wetlands of Algeria and their use by waterfowl. Wildfowl 35:106-118. Skrdla, M. P. 1992. A Guide to Map and Image Processing System. Microimages Inc., Lincoln, NE. 320 pp. Sletten, K. K., and G. E. Larson. 1984. Possible relationships between surface water chemistry and aquatic plants in the northern Great Plains. Proc. S.D. Acad. Sci. 63:70-76. Sloan, C. E. 1970. Biotic and hydrologic variables in prairie potholes in North Dakota. J. Range Manage. 23:260-263. Small, E., and J. D. Gaynor. 1975. Comparative concentrations of twelve elements in substrates and leaves of Scirpus validus and other aquatic plant species in a sewage lagoon and in unpolluted habitats. Can. Field-Nat. 89:41-45. Smeins, F. E. 1965. The grassland and marshes of Nelson County, North Dakota. M.S. Thesis, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon. 82 pp. Smeins, F. E. 1967. The wetland vegetation of the Red River Valley and drift prairie regions of Minnesota, North Dakota and Manitoba. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon. 226 pp. Smid, P., and K. Priban. 1978. Microclimate in fishpond littoral ecosystems. pp. 104-112 in (D. Dykyjova and J. Kvet eds.). Pond littoral ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New York. 464 pp. Smit, C. J., J. den Hollander, J. W. K. R. E. van Wingerden, and W. J. Wolf. eds. 1981. Terrestrial and freshwater fauna of the Wadden Sea area. Wadden Sea Working Group Rpt. No. 10. Rotterdam: Balkema. (not seen, cited in Adam 1990). Smith, C. S., M. S. Adams, and T. D. Gustafson. 1988. The importance of belowground mineral element stores in cattails (Typha latifolia L.). Aquat. Bot. 30:343-352. Smith I. 1979. Hydraulic conditions in isothermal lakes. Freshw. Biol. 9:119-145. Smith, J. D. 1946. The canvasback in Minnesota. Auk. 63:73-81. Smith, L. M. 1983. Effects of prescribed burning on the ecology of a Utah marsh. Ph.D. Thesis. Utah State University, Logan. 158 pp. Smith, L.M. l988. Lack of herbivory in playa wetlands. Wetlands 8: 193-197. Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1986. Habitat management for wildlife marshes of Great Salt Lake. Trans. North Am. Wildl. and Resour. Conf. 51:222-231. Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985a. The effects of disturbance on marsh seed banks. Can. J. Bot. 63:2133-2137. Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985b. Comparisons of prescribed burning and cutting of Utah marsh plants. Great Basin Nat. 45:462-466. Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985c. Fire and herbivory in a great salt lake marsh. Ecol. 66:259-265. Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1985d. Predictions of vegetation change following fire in a Great Salt Lake marsh. Aquat. Bot. 21:43-51. Smith, L. M., J. A. Kadlec, and P. V. Fonnesbeck. 1984. Effects of prescribed burning on nutritive quality of marsh plants in Utah. J. Wildl. Manage. 48:285-288. Smith, L. M., and J. A. Kadlec. 1983. Seed banks and their role during drawdown of a North American marsh. J. Appl. Ecol. 20:673-684. Smith, M. M. 1951. The winter foods of river and pond ducks in the Phoenix area of plaque mines - Parish, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis. Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rougt. 56 pp. Smith, R. S., and S. P. Rushton. 1994. The effects of grazing management on the vegetation of mesotrophic (meadow) grassland in northern England. J. Appl. Ecol. 31:13-24. Smith, S. G. 1967. Experimental and natural hybrids in North American Typha (Typhaceae). Am. Midl. Nat. 78:257-287. Smith, S. G. 1973. Ecological studies of the surface waters of the White water Creek watershed, Walworth, Rock and Jefferson Counties, Wisc. Univ. of Wisc. Water Resour. Center, Madison. 75 pp. Smith, S. G. 1986. The cattails (Typha): interspecific ecological differences and problems of identification. 357-362. Smith, S. G. 1995. New combinations in North American Schoenoplectus, Bolboschoenus, Isolepis, and Trichophorum (Cyperaceae). Novon 5:97-102. Smith, T. J., III., and W. E. Odum. 1981. The effects of grazing by snow geese on coastal salt marshes. Ecology 62:98-106. Smith, T. J., III. 1983. Alteration of a salt marsh plant community composition by grazing snow geese. Holarctic Ecol. 6:204-210. Snow, J. R. 1949. Control of pondweeds with 2,4-D. Prog. Fish Cult. 11:105-108. Snow, J. R. 1957. A preliminary report on the comparative testing of some of the newer herbicides. Proc. S.E. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 11:125-132. Snyder, R. L., and C. E. Boyd. 1987. Evapotranspiration by Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms and Typha latifolia L. Aquat. Bot. 27:217-227. Sobrero, M. T., O. A. Fernandez, and M. R. Sabbatini. 1993. Seed germination of Typha subulata in relation to weed management. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:98-100. Sofield, R. K., and E. J. Hansens. 1982. Notes on biology of Hybomitra daeckei (Hine) (Diptera: Tabanidae). Ent. News 93:67-69. Soileau, D. M. 1968. Vegetative reinvasion of experimentally treated plots in a brackish marsh. M. S. Thesis, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 75 pp. Sojda, R. S., and K. L. Solberg. 1993. Management and control of cattails. U. S. Dept. Int., Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish Wild. Lflt. 13.4.13 Soper, J. D. 1946. Report on wildlife investigations conducted at Prairie Farm Rehabilitation Act projects in Saskatchewan and Alberta, with special reference to waterfowl. Suppl. No. 2. National Parks Bur., Lands, Parks and Forests Branch, Dept. of Mines and Resour. Winnipeg, Manitoba. 92 pp. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium. 1986. South Carolina coastal wetland impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II. Technical synthesis. Tech. Rep. SC-SG-TR-86-2. Charleston, S.C. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium. 1987. South Carolina coastal wetland impoundments: Management implications. Tech. Rep. SC-SG-TR-87-1. Charleston, S.C. Southwick, C. H., and F. W. Pine. 1975. Abundance of submerged vascular vegetation in the Rhode River from 1966 to 1973. Chesapeake Sci. 16:147-151. Sozska, G. J. 1975. Ecological relations between invertebrates and submerged macrophytes in the lake littoral. Ekol. Pol. 23:393-415. Spence, D. H. N. 1982. The zonation of plants in freshwater lakes. pp. 37-125 in: (A. Macfayden and E. D. Ford, eds.). Advances in ecological research 12. Acad. Press, New York. 252 pp. Spence, D. H. N., A. M. Barclay, and P. C. Bodkin. 1979. Limnology and macrophytic vegetation of Loch Obisary, a deep brackish lake in the Outer Hebrides. Proc. Royal Soc. of Edinburgh. 788:123-138. Spence, D. H. N., Allen, E. D., and Graser, J. 1979a. The macrophytic vegetation of fresh and brackish waters in the around Loch Druidibeg National Nature Reserve, South Uist, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 77B, 267-280. Spence, D. H. N., and J. Chrystal. 1970a. Photosynthesis and zonation of freshwater macrophytes. I. Depth distribution and shade tolerance. New. Phytol. 69:205-215. Spence, D. H. N. 1967. Factors controlling the distribution of freshwater macrophytes with particular reference to the lochs of Scotland. J. Ecol. 55:147-170. Spence, D. H. N. 1964. The macrophyte vegetation of fresh-water lochs, swamps and associated fens pp 306-425. In: The Vegetation of Scotland (ed. by J. H. Burnett). Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh. 613 pp. Spencer, D. F. 1987. Tuber size and planting depth influence growth of Potemogeton pectinatus L. Am. Midl. Nat. 118:77-84 Spencer, D. F., and Anderson, L. W. J. 1987. Influence of photoperiod on growth, pigment composition and vegetative propagule formation for Potamogeton nodosus Poir. and Potamogeton pectinatus L. Aquat. Bot., 28:103-112. Spencer, D. F., and G. G. Ksander. 1987. Comparison of three methods for extracting chlorophyll from aquatic macrophytes. J. Freshw. Ecol. 4:201-208. Spencer, D. F. 1986. Early growth of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in response to temperature and irradiance: morphology and pigment composition. Aquatic Bot. 26:1-8. Spencer, D. F. 1986b. Tuber demography and its consequences for Potamogeton pectinatus L. Proc. 7th Sym. Aquat. Weeds, Loughborough. Pp. 321-325. Spencer, D. F., G. G. Ksander, and L. C. Whitehand. 1989. Sago pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus) tuber size influences its response to fluridone treatment. Weed Sci. 37:250-253. Spencer, D. F., W. van Vierssen, F. J. Ryan, and G. G. Ksander. 1993. Influence of photoperiod and plant weight on tuber production by Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Freshw. Ecol. 8:1-11. Spencer, C. N., and D. L. King. 1984. Role of fish in regulation of plant and animal communities in eutrophic ponds. Can. J. Fish Aquat. Sci. 41:1851-1855. Spencer, H. E., Jr. 1953. The cinnamon teal, Anas cyanoptera (Vieillot): its life history, ecology, and management. M.S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan. 184 pp. Sperry, C. C. 1940. Food habits of a group of shorebirds: woodcock, snipe, knot and dowitcher. U.S. Dep. Int. Bur. Biol. Surv. Wildl. Resear. Bull. 1. 37 pp. Spiller, S. F., and R. H. Chabreck. 1976. Wildlife populations in coastal marshes influenced by weins. Proc. Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 29:518-525. Spink, A. J., K. J. Murphy, S. M. Smith, and D. F. Westlake. 1993. Effects of eutrophication on Ranunculus and Potamogeton. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:113-117. Spinner, G. P., and J. S. Bishop. 1950. Chemical analysis of some wildlife foods in Connecticut. J. Wildl. Manage. 14:175-180. Springer, P. F., and R. F. Darsie, Jr. 1956. Studies on mosquito breeding in natural and impounded coastal salt marshes in Delaware during 1955. Proc. N.J. Mosq. Exterm. Assoc. 43:74-79. St John, H., and W. D. Courtney. 1924. The flora of Epsom Lake. Am. J. Bot. 11:100-107. St. John, H. 1916. A revision of the North American species of Potamogeton of the section Coleophyllis. Rhodora 18:121-138. Stake, E. l968. Higher vegetation and phosphorus in a small stream in central Sweden. Schweiz. Z. Hydrol. 30:353-373. Stalter, R. 1973. Factors influencing the distribution of vegetation of the Cooper River estuary. Castanea 38:18-24. Staver, K. W., W. R. Boynton, and W. M. Kemp. 1981. The Epifauna communities associated with two different submerged grass beds in the Euryhaline Region of the Chesapeake Bay. Pp. 401-422 in: (Kemp, J. C.; Stevenson, W. R.; Boynton, J. C.; Means, eds.) submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its decline. Horn Point Environmental Lab., Univ. of Md., Cambridge, MD. Stebbings, R. E. 1970. Recovery of salt marsh in Brittany sixteen months after heavy pollution by oil. Environ. Pol. 1:163-167. Steeman Nielsen, E. 1954. On the preference of some freshwater plants in Finland for brackish water. Bot. Tidsskr. 51:242-247. Steeman Nielsen, S. 1944. Dependence of freshwater plants on quantity of carbon dioxide and hydrogen ion concentration. Dansk. bot. Ark. 11:1-25. Steenis, J. H., L. P. Smith, and H. P. Cofer. 1958. Studies on cattail management in the northeast. Trans. N.E. Wildl. Conf. 10:149-155. Steenis, J. H. 1939. Marsh management on the Great Plains waterfowl refuges. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 4:400-405. Steenis, J. H. 1932. Lakes of Sawyer County. Bull. Wis. Dept. Agric. and Markets, No. 138. 53 pp. Steffeck, D. W., L. Reed, F. L. Paveglio, Jr., and C. E. Korschgen. 1985. Distribution of aquatic plants in Keokuk Pool (Navigation Pool 19) of the Upper Mississippi River. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 92:111-114. Sterling, M. R. l970. Seasonal utilization of sago pondweed by waterfowl at Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge, Utah. M.S. Thesis. Utah State Univ., Logan. 121 pp. Stevenson, J. C., and N. M. Confer. 1978. Summary of available information on Chesapeake Bay submerged vegetation. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. FWS/OBS-78/66. Stewart, R. E. 1962. Waterfowl populations in the upper Chesapeake region. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Spec. Sci. Rpt. Wildl. 65. 208 pp. Stewart, R. E. 1975. Breeding birds of North Dakota. Tri-college Center for Environmental Studies, Fargo. 295 pp. Stewart, R. E., and H. A. Kantrud. 1971. Classification of natural ponds and lakes in the glaciated prairie region. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Resour. Publ. 92. 57 pp. Stewart, R. E., and H. A. Kantrud. 1972. Vegetation of prairie potholes, North Dakota, in relation to quality of water and other environmental factors. U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 585-D. 36 pp. Stewart, R. E., and J. H. Manning. 1958. Distribution and ecology of whistling swans in the Chesapeake Bay region. Auk 75:203-211. Stewart, B. A., and B. R. Davies. 1986. Effects of macrophyte harvesting on invertebrates associated with Potamogeton pectinatus L. in the Marina Da Gama, Zandvlei, Western Cape. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa 46, Part 1:35-50. Stieglitz, W. O. 1966. Utilization of available foods by diving ducks on Apalachee Bay, Florida. Proc. Southeastern Assoc. Game and Fish Commissioners 20:42-50. Stieglitz, W. O. 1972. Food habits of the Florida duck. J. Wildl. Manage. 36:422-428. Stirrett, G. M. 1954. Field observations of geese in James Bay, with special reference to the blue goose. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 19:211-220. Stodola, J. 1967. Encyclopedia of water plants. T.H.F. Publ., Jersey City, New Jersey. Stollberg, B. P. 1950. Food habits of shoal-water ducks on Horicon Marsh, Wisconsin. J. Wildl. Manage. 14:214-217. Stout, J. R. A. A. de la Cruz, and C. T. Hackney. 1978. The effects of harvesting on the productivity of selected Gulf Coast marsh species. pp. 80-93 in L.R. Brown, A. A. de la Cruz, M. S. Ivester, J. P. Stout, C. T. Hackney, and R. W. Landers. Evaluation of the ecological role and techniques for management of tidal marshes on the Mississippi and Alabama Gulf Coast. Final Report, Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium. Strange, T. 1987. Goals and objectives of water level manipulations in impounded wetlands in South Carolina. pp 130-137 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Manage. in coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Proc., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware. 522 pp. Strawn, K. 1961. Factors influencing the zonation of submerged monocctyledons at Cedarkey, Florida. J. Wildl. Manage. 25:178-189. Strong, A., and B. Eadie. 1978. Satellite observations of calcium carbonate precipitations in the Great Lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 877-887. Strong, M. T. 1993. New combinations in Schenoplectus (Cyperaceae). Novon 3:202-203. Strong, M. T. 1994. Taxonomy of Scirpus, Trichophorum, and Schenoplectus (Cyperaceae) in Virginia. Bartonia 58:29-68. Struthers, P. H. 1930. Carp control studies in the Cayuga and Owasco lake basins. A biological survey of the Champlain Watershed Suppl. to 19th Ann. Rept., N.Y. State Conserv. Dept., pp 261-280. Stuckey, R. L. 1975. A floristic analysis of the vascular plans of a marsh at Perry's Victory Monument, Lake Erie. Michigan Botanist 14:144-166. Stuckey, R. L. 1971. Changes of vascular aquatic flowering plants during 70 years in Pu-in-Bay Harbor, Lake Erie, Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 71:321-342. Stutzenbaker, C. D., and M. W. Weller. 1989. The Texas coast. Pp. 385-405 in L. M. Smith, R. L. Pederson, and R. M. Kaminski, eds. Habitat management for migrating and wintering waterfowl in North America. Texas Tech. Univ. Press, Lubbock. 560 pp. Sugden, L. G. 1973. Feeding ecoloy of pintail gadwall, American wigeon and lesser scaup ducklings. Can. Wildl. Serv., Rep. Ser. 24. 45 pp. Sukopp, H. 1971. Effects of man, especially recreational activities on littoral macrophytes. Hydrobiol. Bucur. 12:331-340. Sullivan, M. J. 1977. Structural characteristics of a diatom community epiphytic on Ruppia maritima. Hydrobiol. 53:81-86. Summerhayes, V. S., and W. B. Turrill. 1948. Vegetation after draining. Nature 161:421. Summers, R. W., J. Stansfield, S. Perry, C. Atkins, and J. Bishop. 1993. Utilization, diet and diet selection by brent geese Branta bernicla bernicla on salt-marshes in Norfolk. J. Zool. Lond. 231:249-273. Suominen, J. 1968. Changes in the aquatic macroflora of the polluted Lake Routavesi S.W. Finland. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 5:65-81. Surber, E. W., C. E. Minarik, and W. B. Ennis, Jr. 1947. The control of aquatic plants with phenoxyacetic compounds. Prog. Fish Cult. 9:143-150. Svenson, H. K. 1927. Studies on interior distribution of maritime plants I. Effect of post-pleistocene maritime submergence in eastern North America. Rhodora 29:41-48, 57-72, 87-93. Swank, G., and G. A. Petrides. 1954. Establishment and food habits of the nutria in Texas. Ecology 35:172.176. Swanson, E. D. 1986. Grass carp stocking model and associated impacts of their introduction in Colorado cold-water lakes. M.S. Thesis. Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins. 148 pp. Swanson, G. A. 1986. Characteristics of prairie saline lakes and their influence on waterfowl use. Proc. N. Dak. Acad. Sci. 40:34. Swanson, G. A., and J. C. Bartonek. 1970. Bias associated with food analysis in gizzards of blue-winged teal. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:739-746. Swanson, G. A., and P. F. Springer. 1972. Wigeongrass balls on alkali lakes. The Prairie Naturalist. 4:52-54. Swanson, G. A., T. C. Winter, V. A. Adomaitis, and J. W. LaBaugh. (in prep.) Chemical characteristics of prairie lakes in southcentral North Dakota-their potential for impacting fish and wildlife. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Swenson, H. A., and B. R. Colby. 1955. Chemical quality of surface waters in Devils Lake Basin, North Dakota. U.S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 1295. 82 pp. Swiderek, P. K. 1982. Production, management, and waterfowl use of sea purslane, Gulf Coast muskgrass, and widgeongrass in brackish impoundments. M.S. Thesis. Univ. Ga., Athens. 105 pp. Swindale, D. N., and J. T. Curtis. 1957. The phytosociology of large submerged plants in Wisconsin lakes. Ecology 38:397-407. Sykora, K. V., M. Van Katwijk, and R. Meier. 1987. Synecological relations in the moist grasslands of Ballyteige Innish, Ireland. pp. 95-106 in A. H. L. Huiskes, C. W. P. M. Blom, and J. Rozema eds., Vegetation between land and sea. Geobotany 11. Dr. W. Junk, Boston. 340 pp. Szczepanska, W. 1971. Allelopathy among the aquatic plants. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 18:17-30. Szczpanska, W. 1970. Periphyton of several lakes of the Masurian Lakeland. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17:397-418. Takhtajan, A. 1969. Flowering plants: origin and dispersal. Translated from Russian by C. Jeffrey Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington, D.C. Tamisier, A. 1971a. Les biomasses de nourriture desponible pour les sarcelles d'hiver Anas crecca crecca en Camargue. La Terre et La Vie 3:344-347. Tamisier, A. 1971b. Regime alimentaire des sarcells d'hiver (Anas crecca) en Camargue. Aluda 39:261-311. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981). Taniguchi, A. K. 1986. Microzooplankton abundance. pp. 203-231 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman eds. 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Taylor, G. J., A. A. Crowder, and R. Rodden. 1984. Formation and morphology of an iron plaque on the roots of Typha latifolia L. grown in solution culture. Am. J. Bot. 71:666 - Taylor, K. L. 1992. Effects of vertebrate herbivory on Louisiana coastal marshes. Ph.D. Thesis, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 144 pp. Taylor, N. l939. Salt tolerance of Long Island salt marsh plants. New York State Mus. Circ. 23. 42 pp. Tazewell, C. M. 1957. Water quality criteria for aquatic life. pp. 246-272 in: (C. M. Tazewell, ed.) Biological problems in water pollution. U.S. Public Health Serv., R.A. Taft Sanitary Engr. Center, Cincinatti, OH. Tazik, P. P., and Wiley, M. J. 1984. A survey of problem aquatic macrophytes in Illinois. Pp. 238-247 in Proc. Ill. Conf. on Lake and Watershed Manage. Wat. Resour. Center Spec. Rep. 15, Urbana-Champaign, Univ. Ill. 319 pp. Teal, J. M. 1958. Distribution of fiddler crabs in Georgia salt marshes. Ecology 39:185-193. Tebo, L. B., Jr. 1955. Bottom fauna of a shallow euthrophic lake, Lizard Lake, Pocahontas County, Iowa. Amer. Midl. Nat. 54:89-103. Teeter, J. W. 1963. The influence of sodium chloride on the growth and reproduction of the sago pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus L.). M. S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan. 73 pp. Teeter, J. W. 1965. Effects of sodium chloride on the sago pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage. 29:838-845. Telford, H. S., and O. A. Stevens. 1942. Uses and management of ponds and lakes. N D State Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 313. 40 pp. Tenore, K. R. 1972. The macrobenthos of the Pamlico River estuary, North Carolina. Ecol. Monogr. 42:51-69. Terrell, C. B. 1923. Wildfowl and fish attractions for South Dakota. S. D. Game Fish Comm., Pierre. 71 pp. Tester, J. R., and W. H. Marshall. 1962. Minnesota prairie management techniques and their wildlife implication. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Cong. 27:267-287. Thieret, J. W. 1971. Observations on some aquatic plants in northwestern Minnesota. Michigan Botany 10:117-124. Thomas, G. L. 1982. Autumn and winter feeding ecology of waterfowl at the Ouse Washes, England. J. Zool. 197:131-172. Thompson, D. J., and J. M. Shay. 1985. The effects of fire on Phragmites australis in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Can. J. Bot. 63:1864-1869. Thomson, J. W., Jr. 1944. A survey of the larger aquatic plants and bank flora of the Brule River. Transactions of Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. 36:57-76. Thorhaus, A., B. Miller, B. Jupp, and F. Booker. 1985. Effects of a variety of impacts on seagrass restoration in Jamaica. Mar. Poll. Bull. 16:355-360. Thorn, T. D., and P. J. Zwank. 1993. Foods of migrating cinnamon teal in central New Mexico. J. Field. Ornithol. 64:452-463. Thorne, R. F. 1954. Flowering plants of the waters and shores of the Gulf of Mexico. pp. 193-202 in (P. S. Galtsoff coord.) Gulf of Mexico: Its origin, waters, and marine life. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv. Fishery Bull. 89. Thorne-Miller, B., M. M. Harlin, G. B. Thursby, M. M. Brady-Campgell, and B. A. Dworetaky. 1983. Variations in the distribution and biomass of submerged macrophytes in five coastal lagoons in Rhode Island, U.S.A. Bot. Mar. 26:231-242. Threinen, C. W., and W. T. Helm. 1954. Experiments and observations designed to show carp destruction of aquatic vegetation. J. Wildl. Manage. 18:247-251. Thursby, G. B. 1984. Nutritional requirements of the submerged angiosperm Ruppia maritima in algae-free culture. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 16:45-50. Thursby, G. B., and M. M. Harlin. 1984. Interaction of leaves and roots of Ruppia maritima in the uptake of phosphate, ammonia and nitrate. Mar. Biol. 83:61-67. Tilton, D. L., R. H. Kadlec, and B. R. Schwegler. 1978. The ecology and values of Michigan's coastal wetlands. Mich. Dep. Natur. Resour., Lansing. 98 pp. Timmons, F. L., V. F. Bruns, W. O. Lee, R. R. Yeo, U. M. Hodgson, L. W. Weldon, and R. D. Comes. 1963. Studies on the control of the common cattail in drainage channels and ditches. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. No. 1286. 51 pp. Tiner, R. W., Jr. 1977. An inventory of South Carolina's coastal marshes. S.C. Mar. Resour. Cert. Tech. Rept. No. 23. 33 pp. Titcomb, J. W. 1923. Aquatic plants in pond culture, 2nd edition. App. II., U.S. Comm. Fisheries Dept. 1923. 24 pp. Titus, J. E., and M. D. Stephens. 1983. Neighbor influences and seasonal growth patterns for Vallisneria americana in a Mesotrophic Lake. Oecologia (Berlin) 56:23-29. Tompkins, M. E. 1986. Historical review of South Carolina's impoundments. pp. 3-11 in M. R. DeVoe and D. S. Baughman eds. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Tourbier, J., and R. W. Pierson. 1976. Biological control of water pollution. Univ. of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia. Transeau, E. N. 1913. Vegetation of Cold Spring Harbor, littoral. Plant World 16:189. Trebitz, A.S., S.A. Nichols, S.R. Carpenter, and R.C. Lathrop. 1993. Patterns of vegetation change in Lake Wingra following a Myriophyllum spicatum decline. Tryon, C. A., Jr. 1954. The effect of carp exclosures on growth of submerged aquatic vegetation in Pymatuning Lake, Pennsylvania. J. Wildl. Manage. 18:251-254. Tsopa, E. 1939. La vegetation des halophytes du nord de la Roumanie en connexion avec celle du reste du pays. S.I.G.M.A. 70:1-22 (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974). Turner, M. M. G. 1985. Ecological effects of multiple perturbations on a Georgia salt marsh. Ph.D. Diss., University of Georgia, Athens. 192 pp. Turner, M. G. 1987. Effects of grazing by feral horses, clipping, trampling, and burning on a Georgia salt marsh. Estuaries 10:54-60. Turner, R. E. 1976. Geographic variation in salt marsh macrophyte production: a review. Contrib. Mar. Sci. 20:47- 68. Twilley, R. R., W. M. Kemp, K. W. Staver, J. C. Stevenson, and W. R. Boynton. 1985. Nutrient enrichment of estuarine submerged vascular plant communities 1. Algal growth and effects on production of plants and associated communities. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 23:179-191 Twilley, R., M. Meteyer, N. Kaumeyer, J. Means, W. Boynton, W. Kemp, K. Kaumeyer, K. Staver, and A. Hermann. 1981. Nutrients, sediments, and herbicides in agricultural runoff and the distribution of these water quality variables in the Middle and Upper Regions of Chesapeake Bay. In: pp. 45-80 submerged aquatic vegetation in Chesapeake Bay: Its ecological role in bay ecosystems and factors leading to its decline (W. M. Kemp, J. C. Stevenson, W. R. Boynton, J. C. Means, eds.) Horn Point Environmental Laboratories, Cambridge, M. D. Uhler, F. M. 1956. New habitats for waterfowl. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 21:453-469. Tyler, G. 1969. Studies in the ecology of Baltic sea-shore meadows. II. Flora and vegetation. Opera Bot. 25. Uhler. F. M. 1944. Control of undesirable plants in waterfowl habitat. Trans. N. Am. Wildl. Conf. 9:295-303. Uhler, F. M., and N. Hotchkiss. 1968. Vegetation and its succession in marshes and estuaries along the South Atlantic & Gulf Coasts. pp. 26-32 in J. D. Newsom, ed. Proc. Marsh and Estuary Management Symposium. Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. Ulehlova, B., and S. Pribil. 1978. Water chemistry in the fishpond littorals. pp. 126-140 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978). Ulehlova, B. 1978. Decomposition processes in the fishpond littoral. pp. 341-353 in (see Hejny and Husak 1978). Ulehlova, B. 1990. Release and uptake of minerals during decomposition of plant litter in fishpond littoral. Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 25:303-308. Ungar, I. A. 1974. Inland halophytes of the United States. pp. 235-305 in R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen eds. Ecology of halophytes. Academic Press, New York. 605 pp. Ungar, I. A. 1970. Species-soil relationships on sulfate dominated soils in South Dakota. Amer. Midl. Nat. 83:343-357. Ungar, I. A., W. Hogan, and M. McClelland. 1969. Plant communities of saline soils at Lincoln, Nebraska. Am. Midl. Nat. 82:564-577. Ungar, I. A. 1968. Species-soil relationships on the Great Salt Plains of northern Oklahoma. Amer. Midl. Nat. 80:392-406. Ungar, I. A. 1967. Vegetation-soil relationships on saline soils in northern Kansas. Am. Midl. Nat. 78:98-120. Ungar, I. A. 1966. Salt tolerance of plants growing in saline areas of Kansas and Oklahoma. Ecol. 47:154-155. Ungar, I. A. 1965. An ecological study of the vegetation of the Big Salt Marsh, Stafford County, Kansas. Univ., Kansas Sci. Bull. 46:1-99. Ungar, I. A. 1987. Population ecology of halophyte seeds. Bot. Rev. 53:301-334. to reprints Unni, K. S. 1971. An ecological study of the macrophytic vegetation of the Doodhadhari Lake, Raipur, M. P. India: I. Distribution and seasonal changes in aquatic plants. Hydrobiol. 37:139-155. U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1984. Water chemistry analyses of Western Stump Lake, Nelson County, North Dakota, May-August, 1984, performed by Serco, Inc. for St. Paul District. (unpubl.) U. S. Bureau of Reclamation. (unpubl.) 1986. Sand Lake and Arrowwood National Wildlife Refuge dredge samples. Missouri-Souris Proj. Off., Bismarck, ND. U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1982a. National list of scientific plant names. Vol. 1. List of plant names. Soil Conservation Service SCS-TP-159. U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1982b. National list of scientific plant names. Vol. 2. Synonymy. Soil Conservation Service SCS-TP-159. U. S. Geological Survey. 1976-1979. Water chemistry data for Western Stump Lake, Nelson County, North Dakota, May-October. (unpubl.) Ustin, S. L. 1984. Contrasting salinity responses of two halophytes. California Agric. 38 (10):27-28. Ustin, S. L., R. W. Pearcy, and D. E. Bayer. 1982. Plant water relations in a San Francisco Bay salt marsh. Bot. Gaz. 143:368-373. Valentine, J. M. 1977. Plant succession after saw-grass mortality in southwestern Louisiana. Ann. Proc. S.E. Assoc. Fish and Wildl. Agencies 30:634-640. Van, T. K., and K. K. Steward. 1982. Evaluting controlled release herbicides for aquatic weed control. Pp. 55-63 in (See Westerdahl 1982.) Van de Bijl, L., K. Sand-Jensen, and A. L. Hjermind. 1989. Photosynthesis and canopy structure of a submerged plant, Potamogeton pectinatus, in a Danish lowland stream. J. of Ecol. 77:947-962. Van den Brink, F. W. B., M. M. J. Maenen, G. Van der Velde, and A. B. de Vaate. 1991. The (semi-) aquatic vegatation of still waters within the floodplains of the rivers Rhine and Meuse in The Netherlands: historical changes and the role of inundation. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 24:2693-2699. Van der Valk, A. G. 1986. The impact of litter and annual plants on recruitment from the seed bank of a lacustrine wetland. Aquat. Bot. 24:13-26. Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1976. Changes in composition, structure, and production of plant communities along a perturbed wetland coenocline. Vegetatio 32:87-96. Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1980. The impact of a natural drawdown on the growth of four emergent species in a prairie glacial marsh. Aquat. Bot. 9:301-322. Van der Valk, A. G., and C. B. Davis. 1978. The role of seed bank, in the vegetation dynamics of prairie glacial marshes. Ecol. 59:322-335. Van der Valk, A. G., and L. C. Bliss. 1971. Hydrarch succession and net primary production of oxbos lakes in central Alberta. Can J. Bot. 49:1177-1199. Van der Voo, E. E., and V. Westhoff. 1961. An autecological study of some limnophytes and helophytes in the area of the large rivers. Wentia 5: 163-258. Van Dijk, G. M. Dynamics and attenuation characteristics of periphyton upon artificial substratum under various light conditions and some additional observations on periphyton upon Potamogeton pectinatus L. Hydrobiologia 252:143-161. Van Dijk, G. M., and W. van Vierssen. 1991. Survival of a Potamogeton pectinatus L. population under various light conditions in a shallow eutrophic lake (Lake Veluwe) in The Netherlands. Aquat. Bot. 39:121-129.' Van Dijk. G. M., A. W. Breukelaar, and R. Gijlstra. 1992. Impact of light climate history on seasonal dynamics of a field population of Potamogeton pectinatus L during a three- year period (1886-1988). Aquat. Bot. 43:17-41. Van Dijk. G. M., and J. H. Janse. 1993. Modeling resource allocation in Potamogeton pectinatus L. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 31:128-134. Van Donselarr, J., L. G. Kop, and E. E. Van der Voo. 1961. On the vegetation of former river beds in the Netherlands. Wentia 5:1-85. Van Donselarr-ten Bokkel Huinick, W. A. E. 1961. An ecological study of the vegetation in three former river beds. Wentia 5:112-162. Van Dyke, G. D. 1972. Aspects relating to emergent vegetation dynamics in a deep marsh, north central Iowa. Ph.D. Thesis, Dept. of Botany and Plant Pathology, Iowa State Univ., Ames. 229 pp. Van Horn, K., M. A. Van Horn, R. C. Glancy, J. Goodwin, and R. D. Driggers. 1994. Fire in wetland restoration and management. p. 44 in Soc. Wetland Scientists 15th Annual Meeting. (abstr.). Van Montfrans, J., R. L. Wetzel, and R. J. Orth. 1984. Epiphyte-grazer relationships in seagrass meadows: consequences for seagrass growth and production. Estuar. 7:289-309. Van Vierssen, W. 1982a. The ecology of communities dominated by Zannichellia taxa in western Europe. II. Distribution, synecology and productivity aspects in relation to environmental factors. Aquatic Bot. 13:385-483. Van Vierssen, W. 1982b. The ecology of communities dominated by Zennichellia taxa in western Europe. III. Chemical ecology. Aquatic Bot. 14:259-294. Van Vierssen, W., and Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1983. Plant and animal communities in brackish supralittoral pools (Dobben) in the northern part of the Netherlands. Hydrobiol. 98:203-221. Van Vierssen, W., and T. C. Prins. 1985. On the relationship between the growth of algae and aquatic macrophytes in brackish water. Aquat. Bot. 21:165-179 Van Vierssen, W., C. M. van Kessel, and J. R. van der Zee. 1984. On the germination of Ruppia taxa in western Europe. Aquat. Bot. 19:381-393. Van Vierssen, W., R. J. van Wijik, and J. R. van der Zee. 1981. Some additional notes on the cytotaxonomy of Ruppia taxa in Western Europe. Aquat. Bot. 11:297-301. Van Wijk, R. J. 1989a. Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. IV. Nutritional ecology, field observations. Aquat. Bot. 35:301-318. Van Wijk, R. J. 1989b. Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. V. Nutritional ecology, in vitro uptake of nutrients and growth limitations. Aquat. Bot. 35:319-335. Van Wijk, R. J. 1988. Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. I. General characteristics, biomass production and life cycle under field conditions. Aquat. Bot. 31:211-258. Van Wijk, R. J., van Goor, E. M. J., and Verkley, J. A. C. 1988. Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. II. Autoecological characteristics with emphasis on salt tolerance itraspecific variation and isoenzyme patterns. Aquat. Bot. 33:239-260. Van Wijk, R. J. 1988. Ecological studies on Potamogeton pectinatus L. III. Reproductive strategies and germination ecology, Aquat. Bot., in press. Van Wijk, R. J. 1983. Life-cycles and reproductive strategies of Potamogeton pectinatus L. in the Netherlands and the Camargue (France). In Proc. Int. Symp. on Aquatic Macrophytes Nijmegen, 18-23 September 1983, pp. 317-321. Vanamburg, G. L. (n.d.). The effects of agricultural run-off upon natural wetland ecosystems. Completion Report, U.S. Dept. Interior. Water Research and Development Act Grant No. l 14-34-0001-2125, A-044. 40 pp. Vander Zouwen, W. J. 1982. Vegetational change in University Bay from 1966 to 1980. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. 70:42-51. Varenko, N. I., and V. T. Chuiko. 1971. Role of higher aquatic plants in the migration of manganese, zinc, copper, and cobalt in the Dneprodzerzhinsk Reservoir. Hydrobiol. J. (Gydrobiol. Zh. trans) 7:45-48. (not seen) Varga, L. 1931. Interessante Formationen von Potamogeton pectinatus L. im Ferto (see Neusiedler). Arb. Ung. Biol. Forsch. Inst. (Tihany), 4:349-355. (not seen). Vergara, B. S., K. Moody, and R. M. Visperas. 1977. Autecology of Scirpus maritimus L. IV. Suggested control under field conditions. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 4:7-12. Vass, K. K. 1980. On the trophic status and conservation of Kashmir Lakes. Hydrobiol. 68:9-15. Veatch, J. O. 1932. Some relationships between water plants and water soils in Michigan. Transactions of Michigan Academy of Science 27:409-413. Vereshchagin, N. K. 1941. Establishment of the nutria in west Georgia. Trans. Inst. Zool. Acad. Sci. R.S.S.G., 4:3-42. Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1975. Ruppia communities in the Camargue, France. Distribution and structure in relation to salinity and salinity functions. Aquat. Bot. 1:217=241. Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1978. Natural regulation of plant biomass in a Ruppia-dominated system. Proc. EWRS 5th Symp. Aquat. Weeds. 53-61. Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1979. The ecology of Ruppia-dominated communities in Western Europe. I. Distribution of Ruppia representatives in relation to their autecology. Aquat. Bot. 6:197-268. Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1980b. The ecology of Ruppia-dominated communities in Western Europe. III. Aspects of production, consumption, and decomposition. Aquat. Bot. 8:209-253. Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1980a. The ecology of Ruppia-dominated communities in Western Europe. II. Synecological classification. Structure and dynamics of the macroflora and macrofauna communities. Aquat. Bot. 8:1-85. Verhoeven, J. T. A. 1982. Reproductive strategies of Ruppia taxa in Western Europe. In:Studies on aquatic vascular plants. Ed. J.J. Symoens:S.S. Hopper & P. Compere, Royal Botanical Soc. Belgium, Brussels. pp 156-157. Verhoeven, J. T. A., and W. van Vierssen. 1978a. Structure of macrophyte dominated communites in two brackish lagoons on the Island of Corsica, France. Aquat. Bot. 5:77-86. Verhoeven, J. T. A., and W. van Vierssen. l978b. Distribution and structure of communities dominated by Ruppia, Zostera, and Potamogeton species in the inland waters of 'De Bol', Texel, the Netherlands. Estuar. Coastal Mar. Sci. 6:417-428. Vermaak, J. F., Swanepoel, J. H., and Schoonbee, H. J. 1976. Absorption and accumulation of 32P by Oedogonium and some aquatic macrophytes. Water S.A. 2(1) 7-12. Vermaak, J. F., J. H. Swanepoel, and H. J. Schoonbee. 1981. The phosphorus cycle in Germiston Lake. I. Investigational objectives and aspects of the limnology of the lake. Water S. A. 7(3):160-165. Vermaak, J. F., Swanepoel, J. H.; Schoonbee, H. J. 1983. The phosphorus cycle in Germiston Lake with special reference to the role of Potamogeton pectinatus L. In: Proc. Int. Symp. Aquatic Macrophytes 18-23 September 1983 Nijmegen The Netherlands; 326 pp. pp 262-272. Vermeer, J. G., and F. Berendse. 1983. The relationship between nutrient availability, shoot biomass, and species richness in grassland and wetland communities. Vegetatio 53:121-126. Vestergaard, P. 1985. Effects of mowing on the composition of Baltic salt-meadow communities. Vegetatio 62:391-398. Vevle, O. 1985. The salt marsh vegetation at Vinkekilen, Bamble, SE Norway, with special reference to the Puccinellietum maritimae. Vegetatio 61:55-63. Vicars, T. H. 1976. Biomass and remote sensing of aquatic macrophytes in estuary. M.A. Thesis E. Carolina Univ. Greenvelle, N.C. 108 pp. Vince, S. W., and A. A. Snow. 1984. Plant zonation in an Alaskan salt marsh. I. Distribution, abundance and environmental factors. J. Ecol. 72:651-667. Viosca, P., Jr. 1928. Louisiana wetlands. Ecology 9:216-229. Viosca, P., Jr. 1931. Spontaneous combustion in the marshes of southern Louisiana. Ecology 12:432-442. Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara. 1976a. Autecology of Scirpus maritimus L. I. Growth characteristics and competition with rice. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:1-14. Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara. 1976b. Autecology of Scirpus maritimus L. II. Effect of light, temperature and moisture. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:15-29. Visperas, R. M., and B. S. Vergara. 1976c. Autecology of Scirpus maritimus L. III. Effect of shoot cutting on flowering. Phillipine Weed Sci. Bull. 3:30-32. Voge, V. M. 1987. Technik und ersebnisse der hydrophyten- vegetationsaufnahme unter benutzung eines tauchgera tes. Arch. Hydrobiol. 110:125-132. Voigts, D. K. 1973. Aquatic invertebrate abundance in relation to changing marsh conditions. Ph.D. Diss., Iowa State Univ., Ames. Volker, R., and S. G. Smith. 1965. Changes in the aquatic vascular flora of Lake East Okoboji in historic times. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 72:65-72. Votila, P. 1971. Distribution and ecological features of hydrophytes in the polluted lake Vanajavesi, S. Finland. Ann. Bot. Fennici. 8:257-295. Wagner, A. 1966. Phosphatspeicherung und N/P-quotient bei laichkrautern in abwasserbelasteten und unbelasteten ufergebeiten des bodensees. Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 51. (not seen) Waits, E. D. 1967. Net primary productivity of an irregularly flooded North Carolina salt marsh. Ph.D. Thesis, North Carolina State University, Raleigh. 124 pp. Walsh, G. E., D. E. Weber, M. T. Nguyen, and L. K. Esry. 1991. Responses of wetland plants to effluents in water and sediment. Environ. Exper. Bot. 31:351-358. Wali, M. K. 1976. Comparative studies of some inland saline aquatic ecosystems in North Dakota. U.S.D.I Office of Water Research and Technology. Res. Rep. No W1-221. 033-76. Wali, M. K., G. K. Gruendling, and D. W. Blinn. 1972. Observations on the nutrient composition of a freshwater lake ecosystem. Arch. Hydrobiol. 69:452-464. Walker, B. H., and C. F. Wehrhahn. 1971. Relationships between derived vegetation gradients and measured environmental variables in Saskatchewan wetlands. Ecol. 52:85-95. Walker, B. H., and R. T. Coupland. 1970. Herbaceous wetland vegetation in the aspen grove and grassland regions of Saskatchewan. Can. J. Bot. 48:1861-1878. Walker, B. H., and R. T. Coupland. 1968. An analysis of vegetation-environment relationships in Saskatchewan sloughs. Can J. Bot. 46:509-522. Walker, B. H. 1968. Ecology of herbaceous wetland vegetation inthe aspen grove and grassland regions of Saskatchewan. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. 180 pp. Walker, C. R. 1959. Control of certain aquatic weeds in Missouri farm ponds. Weeds 7(3):310-316. Walker, J. M. 1965. Vegetation changes with falling water levels in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. 272 pp. Walker, J. M. 1959. Vegetation studies on the Delta Marsh, Delta, Manitoba. M. S. Thesis, Univ. of Manitoba. 203 pp. Walker, K. F. 1973. Studies on a saline lake ecosystem. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res. 24, 21-71. Wallentinus, I. 1979. Environmental influences on benthis macrovegetation in the Trosa-Asko area, northern Baltic Proper. II. The ecology of macroalgae and submerged phanerogams. Contrib. Asko Lab. Univ. Stockholm 25. 210 pp. Walsh, G. E., and T. E. Grow. 1972. Composition of Thalassia testudinum and Ruppia maritima. Quart. Jour., Florida Acad. Sci. 35:97-108. Ward, C. J. 1976. Aspects of the ecology and distribution of submerged macophytes and shoreline vegetation on lake St. Lucia. In: A. E. F. Heydorn (Ed.)., St. Lucia Sci., Adv. Coun. Wksp. Meet. Natal Parks, F and G Preser. Bd., Publ. Pietermaritzburg, Natal Pap 10. Ward, G. H., Jr., and N. E. Armstrong. 1980. Matagorda Bay, Texas: its hydrography, ecology and fishery resources. U.S. Fish Wildl. 4. Serv. FWS/OBS-81/52. 230 pp. Warme, J. E. 1971. Paleoecological aspects of a modern coastal lagoon. Univ. California Publications Geol. Sci. 87. 131 pp. Warren, J., and D. Bandel. 1968. Pothole blasting in Maryland wetlands. Proc. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:58-68. Wass, M., and T. Wright. 1969. Coastal wetlands of Virginia. Interim report to the Governor and General Assembly. Virginia Inst. of Marine Sci., Spec. Sci. Rept. in Appl. Mar. Sci. and Oceanogr. Engr. No. 10. Waters, I., and J. M. Shay. 1992. Effect of water depth on population parameters of a Typha glauca stand. Can. J. Bot. 70:349-351. Watson, E., T. Singh, and I. Parker. 1970. The diet of duck and coot on lake Naivasha. East African Wildl. J. 8:131-144. Wayne, C. J. 1975. Sea and march-grasses: their effect on wave energy and near-shore transport. M.S. Thesis, Florida, St. Univ., Tallahassee. Weaver, J. E., and W. J. Himmel. 1930. Relation of increased water content and decreased aeration of root development in hydrophytes. Plant Physiol. 5:69-92. Webster, C. G. 1964. Fall foods of soras from two habitats in Connecticut. J. Wildl. Manage. 28:163-165. Weidemann, A. D., T. T. Bannister, S. W. Effler, and D. L. Johnson. 1985. Particulate and optical properties during CaCo3 precipitation in Otisco Lake. Limnol. Oceanogr. 30:1078-1083. Weinstein, M. P., and H. A. Brooks. 1983. Comparative ecology of nekton residing in a tidal creek and adjacent seagrass meadow: community composition and structure. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 12:15-27. Weisner, S. E. B. 1987. The relation between wave exposure and distribution of emergent vegetation in a eutrophic lake. Freshwater Biology 18(3):537-544. Weisner, S. E. B. 1993. Long-term competitive displacement of Typha latifolia by Typha angustifolia in a eutrophic lake. Oecologia 94:451-456. Weisner, S. E. B., W. Graneli, and B. Estam. 1993. Influence of submergence on growth of seedlings of Scirpus lacustris and Phragmites australis. Freshw. Biol. 29:371-375. Weisser, P. J., and Howard-Williams, C. 1982. The vegetation of the wilderness lake system and the macrophyte encroachment problem. Bontebok 2:19-40. Welch, Catherine E. 1980. Relationships between the availability, abundance, and nutrient quality of Typha latifolia and Scirpus acutus to summer foraging and use of space by muskrats (Ondatra zibethica) in southcentral Alberta. M.S. Thesis. Univ. of Alberta, Edmonton. Welch, E. B., M. A. Perkins, D. Lynch, and P. Hufschmidt. 1979. Internal. phosphorous related to rooted Macrophytes in a shalloe lake. pp 81-99 in (see Carpenter 1979) Weldon, L. W., R. D. Blackburn, and D. S. Harrison. 1969. Common aquatic weeds. U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Handbook No. 352. Washington, D.C. 43 pp. Weller, M. W. 1975. Studies of cattail in relation to management for marsh wildlife. Iowa State Jour. Resear. 49:383-412. Welling, C. H., R. L. Pederson, and A. G. van der Valk. 1988. Recruitment from the seed bank and the development of emergent zonation during a drawdown in a lacustrine, prairie marsh. J. Ecol. 76:483-496. Wells, B. M. 1942. Ecological problems of the southeastern U.S. coastal plains. Bot. Rev. 8:533-561. Welsh, R. P. H., and P. Denny. 1979. The translocation of 32 p in two submerged aquatic angiosperm species. New Phytol. 82:645-656. Wenner, E. L. 1986a. Benthic macrofauna. pp. 255-298 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Wenner, C. A., J. C. McGovern, R. Martore, H. R. Beatty, and W. A. Roumillat. 1986. Ichthyofauna. pp. 415-526 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Wenner, E. L. 1986b. Decapod crustacean community. pp. 361-413 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Wenner, E. L., and H. R. Beatty. 1988. Macrobenthic communities from wetland impoundments and adjacent open marsh habitats in South Carolina. Estuaries 11:29-44. West. R. C. 1977. Tidal salt-marsh and mangal formations of middle and South America. Pp. 193-213 in V. J. Chapman, ed. Ecosystems of the world 1. Wet coastal ecosystems. Elsevier, New York. 428 pp. Westerdahl, H. E. 1982. Chemical control technology development. An overview. Pp. 51-54 in Proc. 16th Annu. Mtg. Aquat. Plant Cont. Res. Planning and Operations Review. U.S. Army Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, Miss. Westerdahl, H. E., and J. F. Hall. 1983. Threshold 2,4 D concnetrations for control of Eurasian water milfoil and sago pondweed. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 21:22-25. Westhoff, V. 1971. The dynamic structure of plant communities in relation to the objectives of conservation. pp. 3-14 in (E. Duffey and A. S. Watt, eds.) The scientific management of animal and plant communities for conservation. Blackwell, Oxford, England. Westhoff, V. 1979. Salt marsh communities of three West Frisian Islands, with some notes on their long-term succession during half a century. pp. 16-40 in A. H. L. Huiskes, C. W. P. M. Blom, and J. Rozema eds., Vegetation between land and sea. Geobotany 11. Dr. W. Junk, Boston. 340 pp. Westhoff, V., and E. Van der Maarel. 1973. The Braun-Blanquet approach. Pp. 617-726 in R. H. whittaker, ed. Ordination and classification of communities Junk, The Hague. Westlake, D. F. 1961. Aquatic macrophytes and the oxygen balance of running water. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 14:499-503. Westlake, D. F. 1965. Some basic data for investigations of the productivity of aquatic macrophytes. Mem. 1st. Hal. Idrobiol. 18 Suppl.:229-248. Westlake, D. F. 1967. Some effects of low velocity currents on the metabolism of aquatic macrophytes. J. Exp. Bot. 18:187-205. Westlake, D. F. 1968. Methods used to determine the annual production of reedswamp plants with extensive rhizomes. pp 226-234 in: mehtods of productivity studies in root systems and rhizosphere organisms. IBP/USSR Symp. August 28- Sept. 12, Leningrad. Westoby, M. 1989. Selective forces exerted by vertebrate herbivores on plants. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 4:115- 117. Wetmore, A. 1918. The duck sickness in Utah. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 672. Wetmore, A. 1921. Wild ducks and duck foods of the Bear River marshes, Utah. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 936. 20 pp. Wetzel, R. G. 1960. Marl encrustation on hydrophytes in several Michigan lakes. Oikos 11:223-228. Wetzel, R. G. 1964. A comparative study of the primary productivity of higher aquatic plants, periphyton, and phytoplankton in a large, shallow lake. Int. Rev. gesamtem hydrobiol. 49:1-61. Wetzel, R. G. 1965. Techniques and problems of primary productivity measurements in higher aquatic plants and periphyton. Mem. 1st. Hal. Idrobiol. 18 Suppl.:249-267. Wetzel, R. G. 1969. Factors influencing photosynthesis and excretion of dissolved organic matter by aquatic macrophytes in hard-water lakes. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:72-85. Wetzel, R. G. 1975. Limnology. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. 743 pp. Wetzel, R. L., P. A. Penhale, and K. L Webb. 1981. Plant community structure. elemental composition and sediment characteristics of a temperate, estuarine seagrass ecosystem; Vancluse Shores, lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Pp. 9-49 in (R. L. Wetzel ed.) final report. Structural and functional aspects of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophyte communities in the lower Chesapeake Bay. Vol. 1. Virginia Inst. Mar. Sci., Applied Mar. Sci. Ocean Eng. Spec. Rep. 267. 187 pp. Wetzel, R. L., and P. A. Penhale. 1981. Photosynthesis, light response and metabolism of submerged macrophyte communities in the lower Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Pp. 50-107 in (R. L. Wetzel ed.) final report. Structural and functional aspects of the ecology of submerged aquatic macrophyte communities in the lower Chesapeake Bay. Vol. 1. 187 pp. Whipple, S. A., and D. White. 1977. The effects of fire on two Louisiana marshes. Assoc. Southeast. Biol. Bull. 24:95 (abstr.). White, D. A., T. E. Weiss, J. M. Trapani, and L. B. Thien. 1978. Productivity and decomposition of the dominant salt marsh plants in Louisiana. Ecology 59:751-759. White, G. E., and R. Hartland-Rowe. 1969. Temporal changes of physical and chemical factors in a shallow astatic saline lake. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:440-446. Whitman, W. R., and R. V. Cole. 1987. Ecological conditions and implications for waterfowl management in selected coastal impoundments of Delaware. pp. 99-119 in W. R. Whitman and W. H. Meredith eds. Waterfowl and wetlands symposium: Proc. Symp. Waterfowl Wetlands Management in coastal zone of the Atlantic Flyway. Delaware Coastal Manage. Prog., Delaware Dept. Nat. Resour. Environ. Control, Dover, Delaware. 522 pp. Whitman, W. R. 1976. Artifical wetlands for waterfowl. Pages 336-344 in M. Smart ed. Intern. Conf. on the convention of wetlands and waterfowl. Intern. Waterfowl Res. Bur., England, Slimbridge. Whitman, W. R. 1974. The response of macro-invertebrates to experimental marsh management. Ph.D Thesis. Univ. of Maine, Orono. 114 pp. Whitton, B. A., P. J. Say, and J. D. Wehr. 1981. Use of plants to monitor heavy metals in rivers. pp 135-145 in P. J. Say and B. A. Whitton, eds. Heavy metals in northern England. Environmental and biological aspects. Botany Dept., Univ. Durham. (not seen, cited in Haslam (1987)). Wiegleb, G. 1978. Untersuchungen uber den Zusammenhang zwischen hyrochemischen Umweltfaktoren und Makrophytenvegetation in stehenden Gewassern. Arch. Hydrobiol. 87:443-484. Wiegleb, G. 1978b. Vergleich okologischer und soziologischer Artengruppen von Makrophyten des Susswassers. Verh. Ges. Okol., Kiel 1977, 243-249. Wiegleb, G. 1991. Human impact on the ecological performance of Potamogeton species in northwestern Germany. Vegetatio 97:161-172. Wiegleb, G., H. Brux and W. Herr. 1991. Human impact on the ecological performance of Potamogeton species in northwestern Germany. Vegetatio 97:161-172. Wilcox, D. A., and Simonin, H. A. 1987. A chronosequence of aquatic macrophyte communities in dune ponds. Aquat. Bot., 28:227-242. Wilcox, D. A. 1986. The effects of deicing salts on vegetation in Pinhook Bog, Indiana. Can. J. Bot., 64:865-874. Wilcox, D. A., Apfelbaum, S. I., and Hiebert, R. D. 1984. Cattail invasion of sedge meadows following hydrologic disturbance in the Cowles Bog Wetland Complex, Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore. Wetlands, 4:115-128. Wile, I., G. Hitchin, and G. Beggs. 1979. Impact of mechanical harvesting on Chemung Lake. pp 145-159 in (see Carpenter 1979 card) Wile, I., and G. Hitchin. 1977. An evaluation of overwinter drawdown as an aquatic plant control method for the Kawartha Lakes. Ontario Ministry of the Environment. 12 pp. Wiley, M. J., and R. W. Gordon. 1984. Biological control of aquatic macrophytes by herbivorus carp. Part 2. Biology and ecology of herbivorus carp. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv., Aquat. Biol. Tech. Rep. Vol. II. Wiley, M. J., S. M. Pescitelli, and L. D. Wike. 1986. The relationship between feeding preferences and consumption rates in grass carp and grass carp X bighead carp hybrids. J. Fish Biol. 29:507-514. Wiley, M. J., P. P. Tazik, L. D. Wilke, and S. T. Sobaski. 1984. Biological vs chemical aquatic plant management: A cost analysis. Pp. 264-268 in Proc. Ill. Conf. on Lake and Watershed Manage. Wat. Resour. Center Spec. Rep. 15, Univ. Ill., Urbana-Champaign. 319 pp. Wilkinson, P. M. 1970. Vegetative succession in newly controlled marshes. Job completion report. Proj. W-38-6. April 1, 1967-June 30, 1970. South Carolina Wildl. Mar. Resour. Dept., Columbia. 37 pp. Willen, T. 1962. The Utal lake chain, central Sweden. Oikos Suppl. 5:1-156. Willi, P. 1970. Zugverhalten, Nahrung und Nahrungserwerb auf Klingnauer Stausee haufig auftretender Anatiden, insbesondere von Krickente, Tafelente und Reiherente. Ornithol. Beob. 67:141-217. (not seen, cited in Van Wijk (1988)). Williams, M., and M. J. Imber. 1970. The role of marginal vegetation in some waterfowl habitats (ducks). New Zealand Ecol. Soc. Proc. 17:126-128. Williams, W. D. 1978. Limnology of Victorian salt lakes, Australia. Verh. Int. Ver. Limnol. 20:1165-1174. Williams, W. D. 1966. Conductivity and the concentration of total dissolved solids in Australian lakes. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res. 17(2):169-176. Williams, M. J. 1979. the status and management of black swans Cygnus atratus, Latham at Lake Ellesmore since the 'Wahine' storm, April 1968. New Zealand J. Ecol. 2:34-41. Williams, W. T., and D. A. Barber. 1961. The functional significance of aerenchyma in plants. Symp. Soc. Exp. Biol. 15:132-144. Williamson, B. B. 1979. The wetlands of Dickinson Island, St. Clair Co., Michigan, and their response to water level fluctuations. M.S. Thesis, Eastern Michigan Univ., Ypsilanti, MI. 79 pp. Wilson, J. N. 1958. The limnology of certain prairie lakes in Minnesota. Am. Midl. Nat. 59:418-437. Wilson, J. N. 1957. Effects of turbidity and silt on aquatic life. pp 235-239 in: (C. M. Tarzwell, ed.) Biological problems in water pollution. U.S. Public Health Serv. R. A. Taft. Sanitary Engr. Center, Cincinatti, OH. Wilson, K. L. 1981. A synopsis of the genus Scirpus (Cyperaceae) in Australia. Telopea 2:153-172. Wilson, L. R. l941. The larger aquatic vegetation of Trout Lake, Villas County, Wisconsin. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 33:135-146. Wilson, L. R. 1937. A quantitative and ecological study of the larger aquatic plants of Sweeney Lake, Oneida County, Wisconsin. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 64:199-208. Wilson, L. R. 1935. Lake development and plant succession in Vilas County, Wisconsin. Part I. The medium hard water lakes. Ecol. Monogr. 5:207-247. Wilson, R. S., T. R. A. Maxwell, G. Mance, M. A. Sleigh, and R. A. Milne. 1975. Biological aspects of Chew Valley and Blagdon Lakes, England. Freshwat. Biol. 5:379-393. Wilson, S. D., and P. A. Keddy. 1986. Species competitive ability and position along a natural stress/disturbance gradient. Ecol. 67:1236-1242. Wishart, R. A. 1983. The behavioral ecology of the American wigeon (Anas americana) over its annual cycle. PhD. Thesis. Univ. of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 362 pp. Wolseley, P. A. 1986. The aquatic macrophyte communities of the ditches and dykes of the Somerset levels and their relation to management. Pp. 407-418 in Proc. 7th Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. European Weed Res. Soc. and Assn. Appl. Biol. Wong, S.L., B. Clark, M. Kirby, and R.F. Kosciuw. 1978. Water temperature fluctuations and seasonal periodity of Cladophora and Potamogeton in shallow rivers. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 35:866-870. Wong, S.L., and B. Clark. 1976. Field determination of the critical nutrient concentration for Cladophora in streams. J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 33:85-92. Wood, D. W. 1966. Vascular plant flora of Haunk's Pond, Middle Bass Island, Ottawa County, Ohio. M.S. Thesis. Ohio State Univ., Columbus. 59 pp. Wood, E. J. F. 1959. Some east Australian sea-grass communities. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 84:218-226. Wood, J. G., and L. G. M. Baas Becking. l937. Notes on convergence and identity in relation to environment. Blumea, 2, 329-338. Woodell, S.R.J. 1985. Salinity and seed germination patterns in coastal plants. Vegetatio 61:223-229. Woronichin, N. N. 1926. Biology of the magnesium sulfate lakes of Pjatigorsk. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17(4):628-643. Wright, T. J., V. I. Cheadle, and E. A. Palmatier. 1949. A survey of Rhode Island's salt and brackish water ponds and marshes. Rhode Island Dep. Agric. Cons., Div. Fish Game. Pittman-Robertson Pamphl. No. 2. 44 pp. Wrubleski, D. A. 1987. Aquatic insects [Chironomidae:Diptera] of Peatlands and Marshes in Canada. Mem. ent. Soc. Can. 140. 174 pp. Wrubleski, D. A. 1987. Two species of Procladius (Diptera: Chironomidae) from a northern prairie marsh: descriptions, phenologies and mating behaviour. Delta Waterfowl Research Station, Portage la Prairie, Manitoba, Canada. The Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, 19th & Parkway. Wulff, H. D. 1937. Karyologische untersuchungen an der halophyten-flora Schleswig-Holstein. Jb. Wiss. Bot. 84:182. (not seen, cited in Chapman 1974). Yamanaka, K. 1975. Primary productivity of the Fraser River Delta foreshore: yield estimates of emergent vegetation. M.S. Thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. 134 pp. Yancey, R. K. 1949. Fall foods of ducks in Concordia Parish, Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge. 68 pp. Yanovsky, E. 1936. Food plants of the North American Indians. U. S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ. 237. Yelverton, C. S., and T. L. Quay. 1959. Food habits of the Canada goose at Lake Mattamuskeet, North Carolina. Wildl. Resour. Comm., Raleigh, N.C. 44 pp. Yeo, R. R. 1976. Naturally occurring antagonistic relations among aquatic plants that may be useful in their management. pp 290-293 in (T. E. Freeman ed.) Proc. Int. Symp. on Biological Control of Weeds, Gainesville, Fl. Yeo, R. R. 1967. Dissipation of diquat and paraquat, and effects on aquatic weeds and fish. Weeds 15:42-46. Yeo, R. R. 1965. Life history of sago pondweed. Weeds 13:314-321. Yeo, R. R. 1964. Life history of common cat-tail. Weeds 12:284-288. Yocom, C. F. 1951. Waterfowl and their food plants in Washington. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 272 pp. Yocom, C. F., and M. Keller. 1961. Correlation of food habits and abundance of waterfowl, Humboldt Bay, California. Calif. Fish Game 47:41-53. Young, A. A., and H. F. Blaney. 1952. Use of water by native vegetation. Calif. State Dept. Public Works, Div. Water Resour. Bull. 50. Young, R. T. 1924. The life of Devils Lake, North Dakota. Publ. North Dakota Biolo. Sta. 116 pp. Young, R. T. 1923. Resistance of fish to salts and alkalinity. Amer. J. Physiol. 65:373-388. Zafar, A. R. 1976. Economic significance of certain species of Scirpus L. pp. 387-391 in C. K. Varshney and J. Rzoska, eds. Aquatic weeds in SE Asia. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Zaky, S. 1960. The effect of wind on the distribution and density of Potamogeton pectinatus in Nozha Hydrodrome.-Notes and Memoires No. 44. Alezandria Inst. Hydrobiol., 33 pp. Zanini, E. 1971. Les problemes techniques actuels de la riziculture europeenne dans le cadre d'une realite en evolution. Bull. d'information des riziculteurs de France 151:7-16. (not seen, cited in Podlejski 1981). Zedler, J. B., and P. A. Beare. 1986. Temporal variability of salt marsh vegetation: The role of low-salinity gaps and environmental stress. pp. 295-306 in D. Wolfe ed. Estuarine variability. Academic Press, New York. 509 pp. Zedler, J. B., and C. S. Nordby. 1986. The ecology of Tijuana Estuary, California: an estuarine profile. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Biol. Rep. 85 (7.5). 104 pp. Zedler, J. B., J. Covin, C. Nordby, P. Williams, and J. Boland. 1986. Catastrophic events reveal the dynamic nature of salt-marsh vegetation in southern California. Estuaries 9:75-80. Zenkevitch, L. A. 1963. Biology of the seas of the U.S.S.R. Interscience, New York. 955 pp. Zhadin, V. I., and S. V. Gerd. l961. Fauna and flora of the rivers, lakes and reservoirs of the U.S.S.R. Transl. from Russian by Office of Technical Servies; Washington, D.C. 626 pp. Zieman, J. C. 1982. The ecology of the seagrasses of south Florida: a community profile. U.S. Dept. Interior. FWS/OBS-82/25. 123 pp. Zimmerman, M. S., R. J. Livingston. 1979. Dominance and distribution of benthic macrophyte assemblages in a north Florida estuary (Apalachee Bay, Florida) Bull. of Marine Sci. 29:27-40. Zimmerman, R., R. Gibson, and J. Harrington. 1979. Herbivory and detritivory among gammaridean amphipods from a Florida seagrass community. Mar. Biol. 54:41-47. Zingmark, R. G. 1986. Production of microbenthic algae. pp. 179- 194 in DeVoe, M. R., and D. S. Baughman (eds.) 1986. South Carolina Coastal Wetland Impoundments: Ecological characterization, management, status, and use. Vol. II: Technical synthesis. Publ. No. SC-SG-TR-86-2. South Carolina Sea Grant Consortium, Charleston, S.C. 611 pp. Zolotova, Z. K. 1966. [Food preferences of grass carp]. Tr. Vses. Nauchno-lssled. Inst. Prud. Rybn. Khoz. 14:39-50 (not seen). Zutshi, D. P. 1975. Associations of macrophytic vegetation in Kashmir Lakes. Vegetation 30:61-66. Zwarts, L. 1972. De grauwe ganzen Anser anser van het brakke getijdegebied de ventjager splaten. Limosa 45:119-134. (not seen, cited in Reed, 1989).